Author: sbrabec Date: 2017-03-30 15:53:48 +0000 (Thu, 30 Mar 2017) New Revision: 97265 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pam.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/printer.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rear.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/security.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sound.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/squid.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/support.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tune.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/users.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/wol.pot branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot Log: Update YaST pot files for SLE12 SP3. Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ #: src/clients/add-on.rb:64 msgid "" -"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> " -"command line option." +"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use " +"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option." msgstr "" #. dialog caption @@ -68,8 +68,7 @@ #. Create a summary #. return string #: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" +msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n" msgstr "" #. set addon specific sig-handling @@ -127,7 +126,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226 -msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question @@ -366,8 +366,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284 msgid "" -"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an" -" add-on which is in use.</p>" +"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove " +"an add-on which is in use.</p>" msgstr "" #. no items @@ -438,3 +438,7 @@ "\n" "Do you want to skip using add-on products?" msgstr "" + +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "Language Installation" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-10 18:39+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-10 18:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-04 18:18+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-04 18:18+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -20,15 +20,15 @@ #. Enable and start the service. #: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:142 msgid "" -"Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to" -" diagnose." +"Failed to start service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." msgstr "" #. Disable and stop the service. #: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:150 msgid "" -"Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to " -"diagnose." +"Failed to stop service %s. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) " +"to diagnose." msgstr "" #. Only install the required provider packages. By convention, they are named 'sssd-*'. @@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ #. Call package installer to install Samba and Kerberos if it has not yet been installed. #: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:883 -msgid "Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." +msgid "" +"Failed to install Samba & Kerberos required by Active Directory operations." msgstr "" #. Run "net ads join". Return tuple of boolean success status and command output. @@ -71,8 +72,8 @@ #: src/lib/auth/authconf.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot locate Active Directory's Kerberos via DNS lookup.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolve" -"r." +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " +"resolver." msgstr "" #. Local only @@ -129,7 +130,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62 -msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" +msgid "" +"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68 @@ -161,8 +163,8 @@ #. Add an auth_to_local_names #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115 msgid "" -"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name =" -" user_name\":" +"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of " +"\"princ_name = user_name\":" msgstr "" #. Save realm settings @@ -219,39 +221,40 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD " -"from \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable " +"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user dat" -"abase from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider." -"\n" -"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group d" -"atabase from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group " +"database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provide" -"r.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo " -"database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provi" -"der.\n" -"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD aut" -"omount database from \"User Logon Management\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD " +"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118 @@ -288,11 +291,11 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163 msgid "" -"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider," +"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity " +"provider,\n" +"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not " +"compatible with the cache.\n" "\n" -"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not comp" -"atible with the cache.\n" -"\n" "Do you still wish to enable the cache?" msgstr "" @@ -300,8 +303,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "" "This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n" -"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD fro" -"m \"User Logon Management\"." +"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD " +"from \"User Logon Management\"." msgstr "" #. Save Kerberos @@ -550,8 +553,7 @@ #. Check that all mandatory parameters are set #: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142 -msgid "" -"Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" +msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n" msgstr "" #. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping @@ -672,69 +674,70 @@ #. Enable/disable SSSD daemon #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:253 msgid "" -"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticat" -"e users.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerbero" -"s authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to " +"authenticate users.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and " +"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS password database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:285 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from " -"\"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS group database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:303 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider." -"\n" -"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database fro" -"m \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database " +"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:321 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provide" -"r.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database" -" from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:329 msgid "" "Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Option" -"s of each individual domain that provides sudo data." +"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable NSS automount database #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:343 msgid "" -"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provi" -"der.\n" -"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount data" -"base from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." +"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity " +"provider.\n" +"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount " +"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:351 msgid "" "Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Opti" -"ons of each individual domain that provides automount data." +"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended " +"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable PAC responder #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:375 msgid "" "MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n" -"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Dir" -"ectory domain.\n" -"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which " -"case please turn off this feature." +"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active " +"Directory domain.\n" +"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in " +"which case please turn off this feature." msgstr "" #. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters @@ -749,8 +752,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "" -"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration f" -"ailure.\n" +"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration " +"failure.\n" "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n" "Do you still wish to remove the parameter?" msgstr "" @@ -762,8 +765,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:436 msgid "" -"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable dom" -"ain authentication.\n" +"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable " +"domain authentication.\n" "SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n" "Do you still wish to proceed?" msgstr "" @@ -777,8 +780,8 @@ #. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68 msgid "" -"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this com" -"puter:" +"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this " +"computer:" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69 @@ -816,10 +819,10 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:84 msgid "" -"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment re" -"quirements.\n" -"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolve" -"r." +"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment " +"requirements.\n" +"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name " +"resolver." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:90 @@ -850,8 +853,8 @@ #. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:146 msgid "" -"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that A" -"D user password is saved in plain text." +"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that " +"AD user password is saved in plain text." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:152 @@ -910,8 +913,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78 msgid "" -"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships" -"?" +"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group " +"memberships?" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83 @@ -929,8 +932,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109 msgid "" -"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different na" -"me." +"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different " +"name." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112 @@ -945,8 +948,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166 msgid "" -"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Pr" -"ovider crash or restart before they give up" +"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data " +"Provider crash or restart before they give up" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119 @@ -955,20 +958,20 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123 msgid "" -"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/d" -"omain tuple into FQDN" +"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/" +"domain tuple into FQDN" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127 msgid "" -"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update inter" -"nal DNS resolver" +"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update " +"internal DNS resolver" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131 msgid "" -"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache file" -"s" +"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache " +"files" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135 @@ -988,8 +991,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320 #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350 msgid "" -"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x001" -"0 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" +"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as " +"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151 @@ -1006,40 +1009,40 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171 msgid "" -"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD servic" -"e process" +"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD " +"service process" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176 msgid "" -"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor wit" -"hout any communication" +"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor " +"without any communication" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181 msgid "" -"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive p" -"ing check failure" +"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive " +"ping check failure" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193 msgid "" -"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about al" -"l users)?" +"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about " +"all users)?" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198 msgid "" -"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background i" -"f they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for " -"the domain." +"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background " +"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value " +"for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203 msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that " -"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking" -" the back end again." +"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits " +"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) " +"before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209 @@ -1051,19 +1054,20 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220 -msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." +msgid "" +"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:510 msgid "" -"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value o" -"r a template." +"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value " +"or a template." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1251 msgid "" -"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified exp" -"licitly by the domain's data provider." +"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified " +"explicitly by the domain's data provider." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232 @@ -1079,46 +1083,49 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245 -msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1255 -msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." +msgid "" +"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301 msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered " -"valid." +"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be " +"considered valid." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259 msgid "" -"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be val" -"id." +"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be " +"valid." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271 msgid "" -"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached log" -"ins (in days since the last successful online login)." +"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached " +"logins (in days since the last successful online login)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281 msgid "" -"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has " -"been reached before a new login attempt is possible." +"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts " +"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286 -msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." +msgid "" +"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291 msgid "" -"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately" -" update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that a" -"uthentication takes place with the latest information." +"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to " +"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to " +"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information." msgstr "" #. The kerberos domain section @@ -1129,32 +1136,32 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313 msgid "" -"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that " -"implement time-dependent sudoers entries." +"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes " +"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325 msgid "" -"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits" -" before asking the back end again." +"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative " +"hits before asking the back end again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337 msgid "" -"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts fil" -"e." +"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts " +"file." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342 msgid "" -"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host" -" keys were requested." +"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its " +"host keys were requested." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360 msgid "" -"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outsi" -"de these limits, it is ignored." +"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is " +"outside these limits, it is ignored." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366 @@ -1163,50 +1170,50 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371 msgid "" -"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor w" -"ill forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." +"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor " +"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376 msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backe" -"nd again." +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the " +"backend again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381 msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the " -"backend again." +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386 msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the" -" backend again." +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391 msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking " -"the backend again." +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before " +"asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396 msgid "" -"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking t" -"he backend again." +"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking " +"the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401 msgid "" -"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend ag" -"ain." +"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend " +"again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406 msgid "" -"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid bef" -"ore asking the backend again." +"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid " +"before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412 @@ -1215,8 +1222,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417 msgid "" -"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before be" -"ing removed during a cleanup of the cache." +"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before " +"being removed during a cleanup of the cache." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424 @@ -1225,8 +1232,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429 msgid "" -"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) a" -"s the user's login name reported to NSS." +"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) " +"as the user's login name reported to NSS." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436 @@ -1238,7 +1245,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447 -msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." +msgid "" +"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453 @@ -1263,32 +1271,32 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482 msgid "" -"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string cont" -"aining user name and domain into these components." +"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string " +"containing user name and domain into these components." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487 msgid "" -"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain)" -" tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." +"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, " +"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493 msgid "" -"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing" -" DNS lookups." +"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when " +"performing DNS lookups." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498 msgid "" -"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resol" -"ver before assuming that it is unreachable." +"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS " +"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502 msgid "" -"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the" -" service discovery DNS query." +"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of " +"the service discovery DNS query." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506 @@ -1301,13 +1309,14 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:521 msgid "" -"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second look" -"up by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name wa" -"s an alias." +"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second " +"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested " +"name was an alias." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:526 -msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." +msgid "" +"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain." msgstr "" #. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider @@ -1317,42 +1326,45 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:537 msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to" -" groups within this SSSD domain." +"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only " +"to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:542 msgid "" -"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies" -" only to groups within this SSSD domain." +"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This " +"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain." msgstr "" #. The local domain section #. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local. #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:551 msgid "" -"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home dir" -"ectory." +"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home " +"directory." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:556 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:561 -msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." +msgid "" +"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:566 msgid "" -"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created h" -"ome directory." +"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created " +"home directory." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:571 msgid "" -"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in t" -"he user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)" +"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in " +"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by " +"sss_useradd(8)" msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576 @@ -1374,20 +1386,20 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:599 msgid "" -"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value is " -"ldap_search_base." +"An optional base DN to restrict LDAP sudo-rule searches. The default value " +"is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:603 msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s" -"hould connect in the order of preference." +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:613 msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s" -"hould connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." +"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD " +"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:618 @@ -1431,7 +1443,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:669 -msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." +msgid "" +" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:674 @@ -1448,103 +1461,105 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:689 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:894 msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the par" -"ent object." +"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:694 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP" -" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last passwo" -"rd change)." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last " +"password change)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:699 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP" -" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password " +"age)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:704 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP" -" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password " +"age)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:709 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP" -" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period" -")." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning " +"period)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:714 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP" -" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity per" -"iod)." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an " +"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password " +"inactivity period)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:719 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this p" -"arameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5)" -" counterpart (account expiration date)." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this " +"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its " +"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:724 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a" -"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos" -"." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in " +"kerberos." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:729 msgid "" -"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a" -"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." +"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of " +"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:734 msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:739 msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of " -"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name " +"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:744 msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter deter" -"mines if access is allowed or not." +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter " +"determines if access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:749 msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access" -" is allowed or not." +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if " +"access is allowed or not." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:754 msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until whi" -"ch date access is granted." +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until " +"which date access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:759 msgid "" -"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours" -" of a day in a week when access is granted." +"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the " +"hours of a day in a week when access is granted." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:764 msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)" -"." +"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name " +"(UPN)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:768 @@ -1553,8 +1568,9 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:773 msgid "" -"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm " -"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail." +"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the " +"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to " +"fail." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:774 @@ -1563,15 +1579,15 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:779 msgid "" -"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enu" -"merated records." +"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of " +"enumerated records." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:784 msgid "" -"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups wi" -"th no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save spac" -"e." +"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups " +"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save " +"space." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:789 @@ -1584,15 +1600,16 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:799 msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will us" -"e the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to " -"determine access privilege." +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will " +"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry " +"to determine access privilege." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:804 msgid "" -"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence" -" of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege." +"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the " +"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access " +"privilege." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:814 @@ -1621,29 +1638,29 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:844 msgid "" -" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the pa" -"rent object." +" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the " +"parent object." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:850 msgid "" -"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC" -"2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follo" -"w." +"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. " +"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will " +"follow." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:856 msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu" -"re which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or d" -"eep nested groups." +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with " +"complex or deep nested groups." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:862 msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu" -"re which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with " -"complex or deep nested groups)." +"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific " +"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when " +"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:868 @@ -1659,11 +1676,13 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:884 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:889 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:899 @@ -1672,8 +1691,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:904 msgid "" -"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their alia" -"ses." +"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their " +"aliases." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:909 @@ -1681,51 +1700,52 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:914 -msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." +msgid "" +"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:919 msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service sea" -"rches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP service " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:924 msgid "" -" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run befo" -"re they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is ent" -"ered)." +" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run " +"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode " +"is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:929 msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enume" -"rations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are re" -"turned (and offline mode is entered)." +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group " +"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results " +"are returned (and offline mode is entered)." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:934 msgid "" -"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following" -" a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." +"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) " +"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:939 msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs wi" -"ll abort if no response is received." +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs " +"will abort if no response is received." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:944 msgid "" -"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be m" -"aintained." +"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be " +"maintained." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:949 msgid "" -"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some " -"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." +"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. " +"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:954 @@ -1734,14 +1754,14 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:958 msgid "" -"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum securit" -"y level necessary to establish the connection." +"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum " +"security level necessary to establish the connection." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:963 msgid "" -"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cac" -"he in order to trigger a dereference lookup." +"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal " +"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:970 @@ -1750,14 +1770,14 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:974 msgid "" -"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Autho" -"rities that sssd will recognize." +"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate " +"Authorities that sssd will recognize." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:978 msgid "" -"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certific" -"ates in separate individual files." +"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority " +"certificates in separate individual files." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:982 @@ -1774,15 +1794,15 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:996 msgid "" -"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the cha" -"nnel." +"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the " +"channel." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1001 msgid "" -"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_use" -"r_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_use" -"r_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." +"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the " +"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying " +"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1005 @@ -1799,8 +1819,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1020 msgid "" -"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicaliz" -"e the host name during a SASL bind." +"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to " +"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1025 @@ -1816,7 +1836,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1040 -msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." +msgid "" +"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1045 @@ -1829,27 +1850,27 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1054 msgid "" -"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password" -" changes when service discovery is enabled." +"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows " +"password changes when service discovery is enabled." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1059 msgid "" -"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with da" -"ys since the Epoch after a password change operation." +"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with " +"days since the Epoch after a password change operation." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1064 msgid "" -"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this" -" option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must b" -"e met for the user to be granted access on this host." +"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), " +"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that " +"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1069 msgid "" -" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be" -" enabled." +" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can " +"be enabled." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1075 @@ -1862,32 +1883,32 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1085 msgid "" -"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use " -"the RFC2307 schema." +"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that " +"use the RFC2307 schema." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1090 msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs sear" -"ches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP autofs " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1095 msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group searc" -"hes for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP group " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1100 msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup se" -"arches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP netgroup " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105 msgid "" -"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user search" -"es for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." +"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP user " +"searches for this attribute type. The default value is ldap_search_base." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1120 @@ -1900,8 +1921,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1125 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1130 msgid "" -"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a moun" -"t point." +"The key of an automount entry in LDAP. The entry usually corresponds to a " +"mount point." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1143 @@ -1910,8 +1931,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1147 msgid "" -"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerbero" -"s servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." +"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the " +"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1152 @@ -1920,8 +1941,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1156 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161 msgid "" -"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers " -"can be defined here." +"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative " +"servers can be defined here." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166 @@ -1934,38 +1955,38 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1176 msgid "" -" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password " -"request is aborted." +" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change " +"password request is aborted." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1181 msgid "" -"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed" -"." +"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been " +"spoofed." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1186 msgid "" -"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KD" -"Cs." +"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from " +"KDCs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1191 msgid "" -"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to reques" -"t a TGT when the provider comes online again." +"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to " +"request a TGT when the provider comes online again." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1195 msgid "" -"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediat" -"ely followed by a time unit." +"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer " +"immediately followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1199 msgid "" -"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followe" -"d by a time unit." +"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately " +"followed by a time unit." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1203 @@ -1974,8 +1995,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1208 msgid "" -"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authe" -"ntication." +"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-" +"authentication." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1212 @@ -2001,8 +2022,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1243 msgid "" -"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN u" -"sed by AD to identify this host." +"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " +"used by AD to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1247 @@ -2011,14 +2032,14 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1260 msgid "" -" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active" -" Directory user and group SIDs." +" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1265 msgid "" -"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active " -"Directory user and group SIDs." +"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping " +"Active Directory user and group SIDs." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1270 @@ -2035,8 +2056,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1283 msgid "" -"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to w" -"inbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." +"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to " +"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm." msgstr "" #. The Active Directory domain section @@ -2050,8 +2071,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1305 msgid "" -"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN " -"used by IPA to identify this host." +"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the " +"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1310 @@ -2060,8 +2081,8 @@ #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1315 msgid "" -"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeI" -"PA v2 with the IP address of this client." +"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into " +"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client." msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1320 @@ -2069,5 +2090,6 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1324 -msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." +msgid "" +"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-09 02:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ #: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123 #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622 -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:364 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:363 msgid "This may take a while" msgstr "" @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ #. Backup #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 -#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:457 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:492 +#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:463 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:485 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:997 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -118,7 +118,8 @@ #. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66 -msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgid "" +"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" msgstr "" #: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76 @@ -147,18 +148,18 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified locati" -"on.</p>" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " +"location.</p>" msgstr "" #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a sy" -"mbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit p" -"attern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a " +"symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " +"pattern for the\n" "new permissions.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -231,10 +232,10 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in" -" the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web se" -"rver\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " +"in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " +"server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -265,9 +266,9 @@ #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:94 msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:<br><br>" -"%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the " -"needed YaST packages in <software/> section." +"These sections of AutoYaST profile cannot be processed on this system:" +"<br><br>%s<br><br>Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not " +"contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section." msgstr "" #. determine name of client, if not use default name @@ -289,22 +290,22 @@ #. Do not restart NetworkManager* services #. bnc#955260 -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:305 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "" #. Filtering out all services which must not to be restarted -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:447 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "" @@ -415,9 +416,9 @@ #. Do not translate words in brackets #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:128 msgid "" -"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>%s<br><br" -">Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change the configura" -"tion." +"These sections of AutoYaST profile are not supported anymore:<br><br>" +"%s<br><br>Please, use, e.g., <scripts/> or <files/> to change " +"the configuration." msgstr "" #. Set reporting behaviour to default, changed later if required @@ -439,13 +440,8 @@ msgid "Adding found packages..." msgstr "" -#. Run early network scripts -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:220 -msgid "Running scripts..." -msgstr "" - #. Finish -#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:237 +#: src/clients/inst_autopost.rb:230 msgid "Checking for packages required for %1..." msgstr "" @@ -644,7 +640,8 @@ #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:213 msgid "" -"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" +"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-" +"out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" msgstr "" @@ -667,8 +664,8 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to" -" add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " +"to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -681,7 +678,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:129 -msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgid "" +"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" msgstr "" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:165 @@ -697,12 +695,12 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to " -"mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can " -"be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possib" -"le.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " +"to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " +"can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " +"possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" @@ -710,8 +708,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually ma" -"kes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " @@ -880,7 +878,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592 -msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgid "" +"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600 @@ -1052,8 +1051,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" +msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 @@ -1155,8 +1153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:651 -msgid "" -"Select at least one class configuration.\n" +msgid "Select at least one class configuration.\n" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -1326,8 +1323,8 @@ #. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711) #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569 msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current sy" -"stem?" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " +"system?" msgstr "" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed @@ -1343,8 +1340,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749 msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system" -"?" +"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " +"system?" msgstr "" #. EXIT @@ -1392,7 +1389,8 @@ msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:94 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:101 msgid "Select Directory" msgstr "" @@ -1471,8 +1469,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning" -"\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " +"partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" @@ -1508,7 +1506,7 @@ #. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ]; #. m[ l ] = v; #. @return [Hash] -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:819 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:815 msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1518,7 +1516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile -#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:831 +#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:827 msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..." msgstr "" @@ -1557,7 +1555,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:128 msgid "Signature Handling" msgstr "" @@ -1599,16 +1597,16 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without i" -"nterruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " +"interruption.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "<P>\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in ma" -"nual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " +"manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1749,8 +1747,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and" -"\n" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD " +"and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1776,8 +1774,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections" -".</p>\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " +"selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36 @@ -1786,8 +1784,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system." -"\n" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " +"system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1820,8 +1818,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are" -"\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " +"are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" @@ -1837,11 +1835,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partit" -"ions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to crea" -"te a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additi" -"onally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather" -" than size in MBytes." +"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " +"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " +"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " +"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " +"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." msgstr "" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 @@ -1854,8 +1852,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID part" -"itions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " +"partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1891,7 +1889,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n" -"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n" +"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the " +"installation\n" "is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n" "</P>" msgstr "" @@ -1904,7 +1903,8 @@ "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the " +"installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1914,7 +1914,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted" +"\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1937,8 +1938,8 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> o" -"r \n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> " +"or \n" "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1949,12 +1950,12 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, w" -"hich\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an in" -"stallation\n" -"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too." -"\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " +"which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " +"installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, " +"too.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1962,10 +1963,10 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that migh" -"t help\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up " +"box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " +"might help\n" "you to debug your script.</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2052,8 +2053,8 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the " +"installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2074,18 +2075,17 @@ #. Read rules file #. @return [void] #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:448 -msgid "" -"Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" +msgid "Parsing the rules file failed. XML parser reports:\n" msgstr "" #. Merge Rule results #. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong -#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:750 +#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:905 src/modules/Profile.rb:746 msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error" -" message is:\n" +"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " +"error message is:\n" msgstr "" #. backdoor for merging problems. @@ -2169,9 +2169,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:507 msgid "" -"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those" -" available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " +"those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " +"data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2180,7 +2181,8 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:514 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " +"including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2208,92 +2210,92 @@ #. string language_name = ""; #. string keyboard_name = ""; -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:92 msgid "Confirm installation?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:124 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99 -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:95 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:101 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110 msgid "No" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:98 msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:106 msgid "Halting the machine after stage one" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115 msgid "Halting the machine after stage two" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122 msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:132 msgid "Accepting unsigned files" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:133 msgid "Not accepting unsigned files" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:142 msgid "Accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:143 msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152 msgid "Accepting failed verifications" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:153 msgid "Not accepting failed verifications" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158 msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:159 msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:164 msgid "Importing new GPG keys" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:165 msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys" msgstr "" #. NTP syncing -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:419 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:445 msgid "Syncing time..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:421 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:447 msgid "Syncing time with %s." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:425 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:451 msgid "Time syncing failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:429 +#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:455 msgid "Cannot update system time." msgstr "" @@ -2304,7 +2306,7 @@ #. if no feeder (PV) was found for current volume group #. the next instructions taints result -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:290 msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one." msgstr "" @@ -2314,18 +2316,18 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:703 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:688 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:913 msgid "Drives" msgstr "" #. We are counting harddisks only (type CT_DISK) -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:709 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:694 msgid "%s drive in total" msgid_plural "%s drives in total" msgstr[0] "" msgstr[1] "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:728 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:713 msgid "Not yet cloned." msgstr "" @@ -2379,7 +2381,7 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:174 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:175 msgid "" "These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n" "%1" @@ -2387,136 +2389,136 @@ #. 4 means "already exists" #. Add add-ons -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:329 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:349 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:330 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:350 msgid "Adding repo %1 failed" msgstr "" #. Install -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:377 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" -"og" +"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:385 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:386 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:395 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:396 msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l" -"og" +"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image." +"log" msgstr "" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:406 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:407 msgid "Store image to ..." msgstr "" #. Compress image: #. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" . -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:435 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:436 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be " +"changed anymore." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:449 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:450 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:456 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:457 msgid "Image created successfully" msgstr "" #. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:492 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:493 msgid "" "can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n" "You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing." msgstr "" #. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir. -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:526 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:527 msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?" msgstr "" #. copy a file -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:544 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:545 msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed" msgstr "" #. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:574 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:575 msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..." msgstr "" #. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:624 msgid "boot config for the DVD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:627 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628 msgid "Ok" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:630 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:631 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different Auto" -"YaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " +"AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" #. create the actual ISO file #. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") ); -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:649 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 msgid "Store ISO image to ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:651 msgid "Creating ISO File ..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:671 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:672 msgid "ISO successfully created at %1" msgstr "" #. Summary #. @return Html formatted configuration summary -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:757 msgid "Selected Patterns" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:763 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:767 msgid "Individually Selected Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:769 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:773 msgid "Packages to Remove" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:776 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:780 msgid "Force Kernel Package" msgstr "" #. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466) -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:871 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:875 msgid "Could not set patterns: %1." msgstr "" #. Solve dependencies -#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:932 +#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:936 msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the aut" -"oyast profile." +"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " +"autoyast profile." msgstr "" #. 1 cyl buffer per partition #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard dis" -"k. %1MB missing" +"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " +"disk. %1MB missing" msgstr "" #: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917 @@ -2553,14 +2555,14 @@ #. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs #. @return [void] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:363 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:362 msgid "Collecting configuration data..." msgstr "" #. Save YCP data into XML #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] true on success -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:466 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:462 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice." msgstr "" @@ -2568,14 +2570,14 @@ #. #. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in #. @return - list of filenames -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:540 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:536 msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2." msgstr "" #. Read XML into YCP data #. @param path to file #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/Profile.rb:707 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 +#: src/modules/Profile.rb:703 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190 msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password." msgstr "" @@ -2586,8 +2588,7 @@ #. autoyast hit an error while fetching it's config file #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:179 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" +msgid "An error occurred while fetching the profile:\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:193 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -2286,8 +2286,8 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1268 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1279 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" @@ -2302,16 +2302,16 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:425 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "" #. Device type label #: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:430 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "DSL" msgstr "" @@ -2331,326 +2331,326 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1166 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1174 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 msgid "ATM" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1179 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 msgid "Bond" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1183 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1190 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1197 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1203 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1207 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1211 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 msgid "FICON" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1215 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1219 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1242 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1224 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1228 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1234 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1249 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1251 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1257 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1272 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1255 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1238 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1261 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1243 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1266 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1247 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1253 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1276 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1259 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1282 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1260 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1264 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1265 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1288 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1269 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1292 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1270 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1274 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1275 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1298 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 msgid "USB" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1278 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1301 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1280 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1303 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1283 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1306 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1284 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1307 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1287 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1310 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1289 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1312 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1291 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1314 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316 msgid "TUN" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1293 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1316 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318 msgid "TAP" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1295 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1318 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1297 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1320 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -22,15 +22,38 @@ msgid "Boot loader configuration module" msgstr "" +#. Dialog for whole bootloader configuration +#. focus proposing new one +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:23 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +msgid "Broken Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for readon why yast cannot process it +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:25 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +msgid "" +"YaST cannot process current bootloader configuration (%s). Propose new " +"configuration from scratch?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:27 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +msgid "Propose" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:28 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 +msgid "Quit" +msgstr "" + #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:31 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:195 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:51 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:222 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "" #. F#300779: end -#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:49 +#: src/lib/bootloader/config_dialog.rb:69 msgid "Boot Loader Settings" msgstr "" @@ -58,6 +81,13 @@ msgid "Selected bootloader partition %s is not available any more." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is translated description of error +#: src/lib/bootloader/exceptions.rb:24 +msgid "" +"Error reading the bootloader configuration files. Please use YaST2 " +"bootloader to fix it. Details: %s" +msgstr "" + #. Finish client for bootloader configuration #: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:25 msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..." @@ -124,176 +154,178 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:105 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:77 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:106 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:76 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:109 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 msgid "Enable Trusted Boot: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "yes" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:110 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:82 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:111 src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 msgid "no" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:116 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:117 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:178 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:181 msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:190 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:193 msgid " (extended)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific #. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:195 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:198 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:216 -msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:219 +msgid "" +"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:220 -msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:223 +msgid "" +"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:230 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:233 msgid "" -"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not inst" -"all</a>)" +"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not " +"install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:235 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:238 msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">insta" -"ll</a>)" +"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot" +"\">install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:241 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:244 msgid "" -"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not instal" -"l</a>)" +"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not " +"install</a>)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:246 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:249 msgid "" -"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install" -"</a>)" +"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root" +"\">install</a>)" msgstr "" #. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:271 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:274 msgid "" -"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a" -"re doing please select above location." +"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you " +"are doing please select above location." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:279 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2.rb:282 msgid "Change Location: %s" msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader timeout value -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:54 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:56 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:58 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:60 msgid "" "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n" -"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded" -".</p>\n" +"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is " +"loaded.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Represents decision if bootloader need activated partition -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:90 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:92 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:96 msgid "" "<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n" -"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code" -" will then\n" -"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active eve" -"n\n" +"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR " +"code will then\n" +"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active " +"even\n" "if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>" msgstr "" #. Represents decision if generic MBR have to be installed on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:121 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:123 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:125 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:127 msgid "" -"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of you" -"r disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" +"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of " +"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n" "boots the active partition).</p>" msgstr "" #. Represents decision if menu should be hidden or visible -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:150 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:152 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:154 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:156 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "" #. Represents if os prober should be run -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:173 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:175 msgid "Pro&be Foreign OS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:177 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:179 msgid "" -"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore" -"ign distribution </p>" +"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other " +"foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "" #. represents kernel command line -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:201 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:203 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:205 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional pa" -"rameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" +"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional " +"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #. Represents Protective MBR action -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:229 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:231 msgid "&Protective MBR flag" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:233 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:235 msgid "" -"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on " -"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if " -"you are not sure.</p>" +"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only " +"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not " +"touch if you are not sure.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:247 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 msgid "set" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:249 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 msgid "remove" msgstr "" @@ -301,28 +333,27 @@ #. force re-calculation of bootloader proposal #. this deletes any internally cached values, a new proposal will #. not be partially based on old data now any more -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:251 -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:49 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:253 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:50 msgid "do not change" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for secure boot on EFI -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:269 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:271 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:273 -msgid "" -"Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:275 +msgid "Tick to enable UEFI Secure Boot\n" msgstr "" #. Represents switcher for Trusted Boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:294 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:296 msgid "Enable &Trusted Boot Support" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: TrustedGRUB2 is a name, don't translate it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:299 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:301 msgid "" "<p><b>Trusted Boot</b> will install TrustedGRUB2\n" "instead of regular GRUB2.</p>\n" @@ -336,7 +367,7 @@ #. check for file size does not work, since FS reports it 4096 #. even if the file is in fact empty and a single byte cannot #. be read, therefore testing real reading (details: bsc#994556) -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:325 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:327 msgid "" "Trusted Platform Module not found.\n" "Make sure it is enabled in BIOS.\n" @@ -344,83 +375,119 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents grub password protection widget -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:345 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:347 msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:351 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:353 msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: text entry, please keep it short -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:357 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:359 msgid "&Password for GRUB2 User 'root'" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:360 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:362 msgid "Re&type Password" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:371 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:373 msgid "The password must not be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:378 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:380 msgid "" "'Password' and 'Retype password'\n" "do not match. Retype the password." msgstr "" #. special value as we do not know password, so it mean user do not change it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:428 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:433 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" -"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I" -"f <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is " -"not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way G" -"RUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>R" -"etype Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is dis" -"tinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 users." -" If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" +"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. " +"If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry " +"is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the " +"way GRUB 1 behaved). As side-effect of this option, rd.shell=0 is added to " +"kernel parameters, to prevent an unauthorized access to the initrd shell." +"<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype " +"Password</b>. The password applies to the GRUB2 user 'root' which is " +"distinct from the Linux 'root'. YaST currently does not supportother GRUB2 " +"users. If you need them, use a separate GRUB2 script.</p>" msgstr "" +#. Translators: do not translate the quoted parts like "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:466 +msgid "" +"<p>When a graphical console is used it allows to use various display " +"resolutions. The <tt>auto</tt> option tries to find the best one when " +"booting starts.</p>\n" +"<p>When a serial console is used the boot output will be printed to a serial " +"device like <tt>ttyS0</tt>. At least the <tt>--unit</tt> option has to be " +"specified, and the complete syntax is <tt>%s</tt>. Other parts are optional " +"and if not set, a default is used. <tt>NUM</tt> in commands stands for a " +"positive number like 8. Example parameters are <tt>serial --speed=38400 --" +"unit=0</tt>.</p>" +msgstr "" + #. there's mode specified, use it -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:506 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:503 +msgid "To enable serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: do not translate "unit" +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:510 +msgid "" +"To enable the serial console you must provide the corresponding arguments.\n" +"The \"unit\" argument is required, the complete syntax is:\n" +"%s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:551 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:519 +#. Translators: NUM is an abbreviation for "number", +#. to be substituted in a command like +#. "serial --unit=NUM --speed=NUM --parity={odd|even|no} --word=NUM --stop=NUM" +#. so do not use punctuation +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:567 +msgid "NUM" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:574 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:524 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:579 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:529 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:584 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:560 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:615 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:568 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:623 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:575 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:630 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "" #. represent choosing default section to boot -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:592 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:647 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:596 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:651 msgid "" "<p> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b> you mark the selected section as\n" "the default. When booting, the boot loader will provide a boot menu and\n" @@ -431,40 +498,40 @@ msgstr "" #. Represents stage1 location for bootloader -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:631 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:686 msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:685 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 msgid "Custom boot device have to be specied if checked" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:713 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:768 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:714 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:769 msgid "Boo&t from Root Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:715 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:770 msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:716 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:771 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:727 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:782 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "" #. Represents button that open Device Map edit dialog -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:740 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:795 msgid "&Edit Disk Boot Order" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:746 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:801 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -474,54 +541,64 @@ msgstr "" #. represents Tab with kernel related configuration -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:767 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:822 msgid "&Kernel Parameters" msgstr "" #. Represent tab with options related to stage1 location and bootloader type -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:792 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:847 msgid "Boot Co&de Options" msgstr "" #. Represents bootloader specific options like its timeout, default section or password protection -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:858 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2_widgets.rb:913 msgid "Boot&loader Options" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:81 +#: src/lib/bootloader/grub2efi.rb:80 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "" #. TODO: not much helpful for customers #. error report #: src/lib/bootloader/main_dialog.rb:84 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly." msgstr "" #. Represents when bootloader want user manage itself #: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:15 +#: src/lib/bootloader/none_bootloader.rb:18 msgid "Do not install any boot loader" msgstr "" +#. in installation always propose missing stuff +#. current below use proposed value if not already set +#. If set, then use same bootloader, but propose it again +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:70 +msgid "Cannot detect device mounted as root. Please check partitioning." +msgstr "" + #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:101 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:103 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "" #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:179 +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:188 msgid "" -"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable" -"." +"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be " +"bootable." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:186 -msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" +#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:196 +msgid "" +"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "" #. Dialog for graphical indication that bootloader configuration is read @@ -531,6 +608,11 @@ "Reading current configuration...</P>" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s stands for problematic device. +#: src/lib/bootloader/udev_mapping.rb:90 +msgid "Unknown udev device '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. Write settings dialog #. @return `:abort` if aborted and `:next` otherwise #: src/lib/bootloader/write_dialog.rb:24 @@ -547,9 +629,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:117 msgid "" -"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label " -"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or u" -"se any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk " +"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub " +"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install " +"stage 1 to MBR." msgstr "" #. FIXME: big part of this method should be in BootStorage @@ -561,8 +644,8 @@ #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:156 msgid "" -"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. M" -"aster Boot Record" +"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. " +"Master Boot Record" msgstr "" #. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) @@ -573,72 +656,86 @@ #. activate set or there is already activate flag #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:200 msgid "" -"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co" -"uld refuse to boot." +"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes " +"could refuse to boot." msgstr "" #: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:207 msgid "" -"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains " -"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." +"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already " +"contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot from this disk." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:118 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:120 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:122 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:124 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:126 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:128 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:130 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:132 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "" #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:134 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:136 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158 +msgid "Unsupported Bootloader" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:159 +msgid "" +"Unsupported bootloader '%s' detected. Use proposal of supported " +"configuration instead?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:161 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "" + #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:219 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:246 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:221 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:248 msgid "Save boot loader configuration" msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:225 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:252 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:227 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:254 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:233 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:260 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ #: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 msgid "" "List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" -"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range sp" -"ecified with dash.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range " +"specified with dash.\n" "Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" @@ -31,16 +31,64 @@ " " msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59 +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +msgid "System Role" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 +msgid "" +"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" +"for the selected scenario." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 +msgid "" +"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" +"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" +"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" +"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Default System" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +msgid "" +"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" +"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +msgid "" +"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" +msgstr "" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +msgid "" +"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" +"• No separate /home partition" +msgstr "" + #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 @@ -48,212 +96,113 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Overview" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 msgid "Expert" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80 -msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Network Autosetup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Installer Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 -msgid "User Settings" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 +msgid "Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52 -msgid "Installation Overview" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:113 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 @@ -275,95 +224,30 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:118 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:135 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:136 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:128 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:129 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:114 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122 msgid "Installer Cleanup" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:122 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117 msgid "Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:117 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:118 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 @@ -376,78 +260,41 @@ #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:132 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:133 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:140 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:132 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:133 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:123 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:124 #: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:126 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118 msgid "AutoYaST Settings" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:115 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:119 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:130 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:134 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:137 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:141 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:116 -#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:120 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:139 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:143 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:131 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:135 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:138 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:142 msgid "System Configuration" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" @@ -455,74 +302,29 @@ " " msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 -msgid "System Role" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66 +msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: label in a dialog -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 -msgid "" -"System Roles are predefined use cases which tailor the system\n" -"for the selected scenario." +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38 +msgid "User Settings" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 -msgid "" -"<p>The system roles adjustments are in the range from package selection up \n" -"to disk partitioning. By choosing a system role, the system is \n" -"configured accordingly to match the use case of the role. The settings \n" -"defined by a role can be overridden in the next steps if necessary.</p>" +#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39 +msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 -msgid "Default System" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:3 +msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "" -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 -msgid "" -"• GNOME environment, with Btrfs root (/) partition\n" -"• Separate /home partition (XFS) for disks larger than 20GB" +#: control/installation.glade.translations.glade:4 +msgid "Language Installation" msgstr "" -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 -msgid "" -"• Kernel-based hypervisor and tools\n" -"• No separate /home partition" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: a label for a system role -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 -msgid "" -"• Bare metal hypervisor and tools\n" -"• No separate /home partition" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 -msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "" - #: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3 msgid "" "\n" @@ -577,11 +379,11 @@ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71 msgid "Online Repositories" msgstr "" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47 msgid "Desktop Selection" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1402 +#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:160 keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1388 msgid "Current Keyboard Layout: %1" msgstr "" @@ -61,9 +61,11 @@ #. menue label text #. title for selection box 'keyboard layout' +#. widget label #. menu button label #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:93 #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:187 +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:40 #: language/src/clients/country_simple_proposal.rb:78 msgid "&Keyboard Layout" msgstr "" @@ -191,12 +193,21 @@ msgid "System Keyboard Configuration" msgstr "" +#. help text for keyboard selection widget +#: keyboard/src/lib/y2country/widgets.rb:80 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Choose the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n" +"installation and on the installed system.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + #. label text: user can choose the keyboard from the updated system #. or continue with the one defined by his language. #. 2 radio-buttons follow this label. #. Such keyboard layout is used only for the time of the update, #. it is not saved to the system. -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1313 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1299 msgid "" "You are currently using a keyboard layout\n" "different from the one in the system to update.\n" @@ -205,7 +216,7 @@ #. Executes the command to set the keyboard in X11, reporting #. any error to the user -#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1513 +#: keyboard/src/modules/Keyboard.rb:1498 msgid "Failed to set X11 keyboard to '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -313,8 +324,8 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:850 -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:884 +#: language/src/clients/language.rb:266 language/src/modules/Language.rb:851 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:885 msgid "Additional Languages: %1" msgstr "" @@ -537,7 +548,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Error message. Strings marked %{...} will be replaced #. with variable content - do not translate them, please. -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:406 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:407 msgid "" "Language '%{language}' was not found within the list of supported languages\n" "available at %{directory}.\n" @@ -547,35 +558,34 @@ #. summary label #. summary label -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:794 language/src/modules/Language.rb:866 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:795 language/src/modules/Language.rb:867 msgid "Primary Language: %1" msgstr "" #. work-around for following in order not to depend on yast2-packager #. PackageSlideShow::InitPkgData (false); #. "value" : PackageSlideShow::total_size_to_install / 1024 , // kilobytes -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1039 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1040 msgid "Installing Packages..." msgstr "" #. continue/cancel message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1130 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1131 msgid "" "Translation of the primary language is not complete.\n" "Some texts may be displayed in English.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1344 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1345 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Enable online repositories later in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) -#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1373 +#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1374 msgid "" "The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n" "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." @@ -625,8 +635,8 @@ #. label text (Clock setting) #. AutoYaST interface function: Return the summary of Timezone configuration as a map. #. @return summary string (html) -#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:733 -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:969 +#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:184 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:749 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:985 msgid "UTC" msgstr "" @@ -850,267 +860,315 @@ #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) #. label text, Clock setting: local time (not UTC) -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:737 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:973 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:753 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:989 msgid "Local Time" msgstr "" #. label text #. label text -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:741 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:977 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:757 timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:993 msgid "Hardware Clock Set To" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:755 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:771 msgid "NTP configured" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:981 +#: timezone/src/modules/Timezone.rb:997 msgid "Current Time Zone: %1" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:35 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:46 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:46 msgid "English (US)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:47 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:58 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:58 msgid "English (UK)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:59 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:70 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:70 msgid "German" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:71 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:82 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:82 msgid "German (with deadkeys)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:83 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:94 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:94 msgid "German (Switzerland)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:95 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:106 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:106 msgid "French" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:107 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:118 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:118 msgid "French (Switzerland)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:119 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:130 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:130 msgid "French (Canada)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:132 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:143 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:143 msgid "Canadian (Multilingual)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:145 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:156 msgid "Spanish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:157 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:168 msgid "Spanish (Latin America)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:169 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:180 msgid "Spanish (CP 850)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:181 -msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" -msgstr "" - -#. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:193 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:204 msgid "Italian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:205 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:216 msgid "Portuguese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:217 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:228 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:229 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:240 msgid "Portuguese (Brazil -- US accents)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:241 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:252 msgid "Greek" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:253 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:264 msgid "Dutch" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:265 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:276 msgid "Danish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:277 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:288 msgid "Norwegian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:289 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:300 msgid "Swedish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:301 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:312 msgid "Finnish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:313 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:324 msgid "Czech" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:328 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:336 msgid "Czech (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:343 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:348 msgid "Slovak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:358 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:360 msgid "Slovak (qwerty)" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout #: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:373 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:372 msgid "Slovene" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:387 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:388 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:384 msgid "Hungarian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:401 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:403 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:396 msgid "Polish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:415 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:418 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:408 msgid "Russian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:429 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:432 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:420 msgid "Serbian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:441 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:444 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:432 msgid "Estonian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:453 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:456 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:444 msgid "Lithuanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:465 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:468 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:456 msgid "Turkish" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:476 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:479 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:467 msgid "Croatian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:498 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:502 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:479 msgid "Japanese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:510 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:514 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:491 msgid "Belgian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:522 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:526 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:503 msgid "Dvorak" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:534 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:538 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:515 msgid "Icelandic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:546 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:550 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:527 msgid "Ukrainian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:568 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:572 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:539 msgid "Khmer" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:590 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:594 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:551 msgid "Korean" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:612 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:616 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:563 msgid "Arabic" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:633 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:637 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:574 msgid "Tajik" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:647 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:651 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:586 msgid "Traditional Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:669 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:673 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:598 msgid "Simplified Chinese" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:691 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:695 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:610 msgid "Romanian" msgstr "" #. keyboard layout -#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:712 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw.ycp:716 +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:621 msgid "US International" msgstr "" + +#. keyboard layout +#: keyboard/src/data/keyboard_raw_opensuse.ycp:192 +msgid "Spanish (Asturian variant)" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-19 01:30+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-19 01:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -236,109 +236,109 @@ msgstr "" #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:62 msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?" msgstr "" #. Restart only if it's already running -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Saving the configuration failed" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "DHCP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. Initialize the widget #. @param [String] id any widget id -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:155 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477 msgid "Global Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:190 msgid "Subnet Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:224 msgid "Host with Fixed Address" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:261 msgid "Shared Network" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:295 msgid "Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:329 msgid "Group-Specific Options" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Class" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:411 msgid "&Subnet" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:413 msgid "&Host" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:415 msgid "Shared &Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:417 msgid "&Group" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "&Pool of Addresses" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:421 msgid "&Class" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:436 msgid "Declaration Types" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Declaration Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:530 msgid "Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:559 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1100 msgid "TSIG Key Management" msgstr "" @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "" @@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ #. tree widget #. tree widget #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070 msgid "&Configured Declarations" msgstr "" @@ -2074,118 +2074,118 @@ #. combo box #. combo box #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1213 msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. combo box #. combo box #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1220 msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key" msgstr "" #. popup headline -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:798 msgid "Select File with Authentication Key" msgstr "" #. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1036 msgid "Apply Changes" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1043 msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail" msgstr "" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1093 msgid "Ad&vanced" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1096 msgid "Display &Log" msgstr "" #. item of a menu button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "&Interface Configuration" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1110 msgid "&Network Address" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Network &Mask" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1130 msgid "Group &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138 msgid "Pool &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1146 msgid "Shared Network &Name" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1154 msgid "Class &Name" msgstr "" #. multi selection box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164 msgid "Available Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1179 msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205 msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1237 msgid "&Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "&Primary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270 msgid "Re&verse Zone" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1279 msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1309 msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-26 01:27+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-26 01:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -302,7 +302,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message #. Both Add and Remove defined => Error! #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303 @@ -373,7 +374,8 @@ #. Table header item - ACL-options #. Table menu item - Records listing #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743 -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:766 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1359 #: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1409 @@ -450,7 +452,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item #. Table header item - DNS listing zones -#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 +#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220 #: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284 @@ -1461,55 +1464,16 @@ "An additional dialog informs you whether it is safe to do so.</p>" msgstr "" -#. main dialog -#. help 1/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Start DNS Server</big></b><br>\n" -"To run the DNS server every time your computer is started, set\n" -"<b>Start DNS Server</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. help 2/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:45 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" -"To run the DNS server in chroot jail, set\n" -"<b>Run DNS Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n" -"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. help 3/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Editing DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit settings of a DNS zone, choose the appropriate\n" -"entry of the table and click <B>Edit</B>.\n" -"To add a new DNS zone, use <B>Add</B>. To remove\n" -"a configured DNS zone, select it and click <B>Delete</B>.</P>" -msgstr "" - -#. help 4/4 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:60 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n" -"To edit global options,\n" -"adjust firewall settings,\n" -"manage the TSIG keys for dynamic updates of the zones,\n" -"or display the log of the DNS server,\n" -"use <b>Advanced</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" - #. zone dialog #. help 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:70 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:39 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Name</big></b><br>\n" "Enter the name of the zone (domain) in <b>Zone Name</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help 2/5, alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:43 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Dynamic DNS Zone Updates</big></b><br>\n" "The zone can be updated automatically, usually because of dynamically\n" @@ -1520,7 +1484,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help 3/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing a DNS Zone</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the zone settings, choose the appropriate\n" @@ -1528,14 +1492,14 @@ msgstr "" #. help 4/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n" "a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help 5/5, only for alt. 1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:62 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record</big></b><br>\n" "To edit the SOA (Start of Authority) record of the zone, click\n" @@ -1543,7 +1507,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help 2/5 alt. 2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n" "Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</" @@ -1554,7 +1518,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n" "To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n" @@ -1565,7 +1529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:83 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n" "DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and " @@ -1577,7 +1541,7 @@ #. firewall dialog #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:92 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Interface Classes</big></b><br>\n" "Select which interface classes should have access to the DNS server. The\n" @@ -1585,7 +1549,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adapting Firewall Settings</big></b><br>\n" "To adapt the firewall settings so that the DNS server can be accessed\n" @@ -1596,35 +1560,35 @@ #. soa dialog #. help text 1/9 #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 1/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:137 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:106 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:355 msgid "" "<p><b><big>SOA Record Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Set the entries of the SOA record.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/9 - TTL -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:110 msgid "" "<p><b>$TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/9 - Primary source -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b>Primary Source</b> must contain the fully qualified domain name\n" "of the primary name server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 4/9 - Administrator's mail -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:149 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b>Administrator's Mail</b> must contain the e-mail address of\n" "the administrator responsible for the zone.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 5/9 - Serial -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n" "the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize " @@ -1634,7 +1598,7 @@ #. help text 6/9 - Refresh #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 4/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:159 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:128 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:370 msgid "" "<p><b>Refresh</b> sets how often the zone should be synchronized from\n" "master name server to slave name servers.</p>" @@ -1642,14 +1606,14 @@ #. help text 7/9 - Retry #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 5/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:132 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "" "<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n" "the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 8/9 - Expiry -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiry</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -1658,7 +1622,7 @@ #. help text 9/9 - Minimum #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 7/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:173 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:415 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:142 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:384 msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum</b> sets for how long the slave servers should cache\n" "negative answers (name resolution failed).</p>" @@ -1666,7 +1630,7 @@ #. ddns keys dialog #. help text 1/1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:178 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n" "Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n" @@ -1679,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:187 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:156 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set\n" @@ -1687,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:163 msgid "" "<p><b><big>LDAP Support</big></b><br>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -1695,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Start Up 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:201 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:170 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Switch On or Off</big></b><br>\n" "To start or stop the DNS server immediately, use \n" @@ -1704,7 +1668,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:208 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:177 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Forwarders</big></b><br>\n" "Forwarders are DNS servers to which your DNS server should send queries\n" @@ -1718,21 +1682,21 @@ #. of these check boxes.</p> #. ") + #. Expert Mode Configuration - Forwarders 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n" "To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Edit DNS Server Options</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to edit options of the DNS server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:229 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:198 msgid "" "<p>To add new options, select the <b>Option</b>,\n" "enter its <b>Value</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" @@ -1741,19 +1705,19 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Logging</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the " @@ -1768,7 +1732,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:252 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:221 msgid "" "<p>In <b>Additional Logging</b>,\n" "set which actions should be logged. Common actions are always logged.\n" @@ -1780,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:231 msgid "" "<p><b><big>ACLs</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, define access control lists to control\n" @@ -1788,7 +1752,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - ACLs 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:268 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>To add a new ACL entry, just enter the option's <b>Name</b>\n" "and <b>Value</b> then click <b>Add</b>. To remove an \n" @@ -1796,7 +1760,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:274 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:243 msgid "" "<p><b><big>TSIG Keys</big></b><br>\n" "TSIG keys are used for authentication when remotely\n" @@ -1805,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:250 msgid "" "<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n" "(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n" @@ -1815,21 +1779,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:257 msgid "" "<p>To remove an existing key, select it and\n" "click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #1 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:294 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:263 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DNS Zones</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to manage the DNS zones.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</" "b>,\n" @@ -1837,7 +1801,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "" "<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address " "followed by\n" @@ -1849,7 +1813,7 @@ #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #4 #. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "" "<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address " "followed by\n" @@ -1862,7 +1826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:326 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>To modify settings for a zone, such as zone transport and name and\n" "mail servers, select it, and click <b>Edit</b>.\n" @@ -1870,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:303 msgid "" "<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n" "Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control " @@ -1879,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 2/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:342 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow dynamic updates of the zone, set <b>Allow Dynamic Updates</b>\n" @@ -1888,7 +1852,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:319 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -1898,7 +1862,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:327 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Reverse zone records can be generated from another master zone.\n" @@ -1907,7 +1871,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:365 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If this is not a reverse zone, you can see which zones are generated\n" @@ -1915,7 +1879,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:340 msgid "" "<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</" @@ -1925,7 +1889,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:347 msgid "" "<p><b><big>MX Records</big></b><br>\n" "To add a new mail server, enter the <b>Address</b> and <b>Priority</b>\n" @@ -1935,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:390 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "" "<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n" "changed on\n" @@ -1945,14 +1909,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:397 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>TTL</b> specifies the time to live for all records in the\n" "zone that do not have an explicit TTL.</p>" msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 6/7 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:409 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:378 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration</b> means the period after which the zone expires on slave\n" "servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n" @@ -1960,7 +1924,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:419 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n" "In this dialog, edit the resource records of the zone. To add new resource\n" @@ -1969,7 +1933,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:426 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:395 msgid "" "<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n" "and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n" @@ -1977,14 +1941,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:401 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Each type of record has its own syntax defined in the RFC.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:436 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:405 msgid "" "<p><b>A: Domain Name Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname without domain or a fully qualified \n" @@ -1993,7 +1957,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:443 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "<p><b>CNAME: Alias for Domain Name</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or a fully\n" @@ -2005,7 +1969,7 @@ #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 6/7 (alt. 1) #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 5/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:421 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "" "<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an " @@ -2016,7 +1980,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:429 msgid "" "<p><b>MX: Mail Relay</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a hostname or zone name relative to the current zone\n" @@ -2026,7 +1990,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2) -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:437 msgid "" "<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n" "<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n" @@ -2040,21 +2004,21 @@ msgstr "" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Finishing the Configuration</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n" msgstr "" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Open Port in Firewall</b> to adapt the\n" "SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To start the DNS server every time your computer is booted, set the \n" @@ -2062,7 +2026,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 4/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:502 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To store the DNS zones in LDAP instead of native configuration files,\n" @@ -2070,7 +2034,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Final step of the installation wizard - 5/5 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:478 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To enter the expert mode of the DNS server configuration, click\n" @@ -2078,7 +2042,7 @@ msgstr "" #. slave zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:515 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Slave DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "Each slave zone must have the master name server defined. Use\n" @@ -2086,7 +2050,7 @@ msgstr "" #. slave zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:490 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Zone Transport</b></big><br>\n" "To allow transports of the zone, set <b>Enable Zone Transport</b>\n" @@ -2096,7 +2060,7 @@ msgstr "" #. forward zone help text 1/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:498 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Forward DNS Zone</b></big><br>\n" "This type of DNS zone only forwards DNS queries to forwarders\n" @@ -2104,7 +2068,7 @@ msgstr "" #. forward zone help text 2/2 -#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:535 +#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:504 msgid "" "<p>If there are no forwarders defined, all DNS queries\n" "for the respective zone are denied, because there is no DNS\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-13 20:09+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 20:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -107,8 +107,7 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 -msgid "" -"Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 @@ -119,13 +118,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 -msgid "" -"Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" msgstr "" #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption @@ -216,36 +213,38 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 msgid "" -"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</" -"p>\n" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a " +"resource</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one " -"of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used" -" to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device." -" Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's pa" -"rtner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the ipv6 keyword must " -"be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being describ" -"ed. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must " -"not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter," -"following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word mino" -"r and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' wi" -"ll be used.\n" -"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd" -"{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the d" -"ata. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing d" -"evice is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by ya" -"st automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.<" -"/p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) " +"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which " +"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach " +"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to " +"the node's partner device. For IPv6, the actual address that follows the " +"ipv6 keyword must be placed inside brackets: ipv6 [2001:1945:fc03:" +"abcd::1]:7788</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being " +"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and " +"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk " +"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or " +"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/" +"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/" +"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve " +"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</" +"p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the " +"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated " +"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different " +"resources.</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -253,46 +252,47 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local di" -"sk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local di" -"sk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both loc" -"al and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached " +"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both " +"local and remote disk.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" "\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a " -"degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node " +"was a degraded cluster</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-err" -"or to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-" +"error to the upper layers</p>\n" "\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p" -">\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by " +"DRBD</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response pa" -"cket within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and th" -"erefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-i" -"nt and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p" -">\n" -"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " -"packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it i" -"s considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p" -">\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive pac" -"ket</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected " +"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is " +"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must " +"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, " +"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-" +"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time " +"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default " +"unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive " +"packet</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two writ" -"e barriers</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write requ" -"est for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default " -"value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of D" -"RBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background syn" -"chronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active " -"set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843" -")</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two " +"write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write " +"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The " +"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top " +"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by " +"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is " +"KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= " +"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, " +"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -304,27 +304,29 @@ msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n" -"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM c" -"onfiguration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refe" -"r to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the " +"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t" +"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file " +"layout.</p>\n" "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" -"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the lis" -"t of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instru" -"cted to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from th" -"e underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A filter that t" -"ells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" -"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions" -" can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an '" -"a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"" -"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the " +"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is " +"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than " +"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>LVM Filter</b>: A " +"filter that tells LVM2 to only use a restricted set of devices.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These " +"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed " +"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, " +"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should" -" disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. " +"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n" "\n" -"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV" -" state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by" -" the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized betwe" -"en nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata " +"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is " +"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be " +"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster " +"environments.</p>\n" "\n" "\t\t" msgstr "" @@ -335,19 +337,19 @@ #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity c" -"heck</p>" +"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's " +"sanity check</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it w" -"aited so\n" +"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it " +"waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" " of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n" " limited logging capacity.\n" -" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds," -"\n" +" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' " +"seconds,\n" " set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>" msgstr "" @@ -651,8 +653,7 @@ #. Representation of the configuration of drbd. #. Input and output routines. #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:112 -msgid "" -"Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" msgstr "" #: src/modules/Drbd.rb:134 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-21 00:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on t" -"he first boot after configuration.</p>\n" -"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.<" -"/p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on " +"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n" +"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -202,9 +202,10 @@ #: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n" -"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start" -"\n" -"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n" +"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will " +"start\n" +"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button " +"to\n" "return to this installation sequence.</p>\n" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-27 00:32+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-27 00:32+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -80,7 +80,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:142 -msgid "The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" +msgid "" +"The maximum data transfer rate permitted for local authenticated users (KB/s)" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -101,8 +102,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:181 msgid "" -"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server (vs" -"ftpd only)." +"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server " +"(vsftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -112,12 +113,16 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:199 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v2 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:208 -msgid "If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd only)." +msgid "" +"If enabled, this option will permit SSL v3 protocol connections (vsftpd " +"only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -128,8 +133,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:226 msgid "" -"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a local " -"admin (pure-ftpd only)." +"Disallow downloading of files that were uploaded but not validated by a " +"local admin (pure-ftpd only)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -226,7 +231,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/ftp-server.rb:362 -msgid "Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." +msgid "" +"Welcome message is the text to display when someone connects to the server." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -946,11 +952,12 @@ #. General Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for General screen -#. "Browse" button for DSA Certificate +#. "Browse" button for RSA Certificate #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen -#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:637 +#: src/include/ftp-server/dialogs.rb:1213 msgid "Br&owse" msgstr "" @@ -1102,7 +1109,7 @@ msgid "Enable &TLS" msgstr "" -#. DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections +#. RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections #. Expert Settings widget #. #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] map for Expert screen @@ -1304,8 +1311,8 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b>Selected Service</b><br>\n" -" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-ftp" -"d, \n" +" The frame shows which daemon is currently configured: <b>vsftpd, pure-" +"ftpd, \n" " </b>. If you have installed both daemons you can switch between them.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1364,8 +1371,8 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b>Umask for Authenticated Users:</b><br>\n" -"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated users." -" \n" +"The value to which the umask for file creation is set for authenticated " +"users. \n" "If you want to specify octal values, remember the \"0\" prefix, otherwise \n" "the value will be treated as a base 10 integer.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1440,10 +1447,10 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Anonymous and Local Users</b><br>\n" "<b>Anonymous Only</b>: If enabled, only anonymous logins are permitted.\n" -"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are perm" -"itted.\n" -"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are permitted." -"\n" +"<b>Authenticated Users Only</b>: If enabled, only authenticated users are " +"permitted.\n" +"<b>Both</b> If enabled, authenticated users and anonymous users are " +"permitted.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1462,8 +1469,8 @@ "<p><b>Anonymous Can Upload</b><br>\n" "If enabled anonymous users will be permitted to upload.\n" "<i>vsftpd only: </i>If you want to allow anonymous users to upload, you \n" -"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after l" -"ogin.\n" +"need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory after " +"login.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1472,10 +1479,10 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Can Create Dirs</b><br>\n" "If enabled, anonymous users can create directories.\n" -"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create directories" -",\n" -"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory aft" -"er login.</p>\n" +"<i>vsftpd only:</i> If you want to allow anonymous users to create " +"directories,\n" +"you need an existing directory with write permission in the home directory " +"after login.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. -----------================= EXPERT SETTINGS SCREEN =============---------- @@ -1538,11 +1545,11 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#. expert settings DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 +#. expert settings RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections help 1/1 #: src/include/ftp-server/helps.rb:225 msgid "" -"<p><b>DSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" -"This option specifies the location of the DSA certificate to \n" +"<p><b>RSA Certificate to Use for SSL-encrypted Connections</b><br>\n" +"This option specifies the location of the RSA certificate to \n" "use for SSL-encrypted connections. Select a file by pressing <b>Browse</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1562,8 +1569,8 @@ "<p><b>Security Settings</b><br>\n" "<i>Disable SSL/TLS</i> Disable SSL/TLS encryption layer.\n" "<i>Accept SSL and TLS</i> Accept both, traditional and encrypted sessions.\n" -"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use S" -"SL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" +"<i>Refuse Connections Without SSL/TLS</i> Refuse connections that do not use " +"SSL/TLS security mechanisms, including anonymous sessions.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1644,13 +1651,11 @@ #. end of if (button == "EnableUpload") { #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1059 -msgid "" -"Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" +msgid "Create the \"upload\" directory in %1\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1064 -msgid "" -"and enable write access?\n" +msgid "and enable write access?\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1066 @@ -1686,8 +1691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1108 -msgid "" -"Do you want to create a directory?\n" +msgid "Do you want to create a directory?\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1111 @@ -1720,8 +1724,7 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1223 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1290 #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1310 -msgid "" -"Change permissions of %1 ?\n" +msgid "Change permissions of %1 ?\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1207 @@ -1733,14 +1736,14 @@ #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1227 msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have " -"no write access.\n" +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1314 msgid "" -"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should have " -"no write access." +"For anonymous connections the home directory of an anonymous user should " +"have no write access." msgstr "" #. Valid function of "Max Port for Pas. Mode" @@ -1749,14 +1752,14 @@ msgid "Condition for ports is max port > min port." msgstr "" -#. Valid function of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#. Valid function of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #. check value if user enable SSL Certificate (textentry) doesn't be empty #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1637 -msgid "DSA certificate is missing." +msgid "RSA certificate is missing." msgstr "" #. Handle function of "Browse" -#. handling value in textentry of "DSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" +#. handling value in textentry of "RSA Certificate to Use for SSL Encrypted Connections" #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1664 msgid "Select File" msgstr "" @@ -1765,8 +1768,8 @@ #. check of existing certificate #: src/include/ftp-server/wid_functions.rb:1722 msgid "" -"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL connection" -" is missing." +"The <tt>/etc/ssl/private/pure-ftpd.pem</tt> certificate for the SSL " +"connection is missing." msgstr "" #. 0 => anonymous only, 1 => authenticated only, 2=> both @@ -1794,8 +1797,8 @@ #: src/modules/FtpServer.rb:839 msgid "" -"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration i" -"n interactive mode." +"You have installed both daemons. Therefore you have to run the configuration " +"in interactive mode." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/gtk.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -209,3 +209,1043 @@ #: src/ygtkwizard.c:448 msgid "more" msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:91 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:632 +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1109 src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:129 +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:259 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:219 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:92 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:634 +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1110 src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:137 +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:260 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:220 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:94 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1111 +#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:221 +msgid "Size" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:96 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:529 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:98 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:635 +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1112 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:564 +#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:222 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:100 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:633 +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1113 src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:223 +msgid "Supportability" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:105 +msgid "Package _listing:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:115 +msgid "" +"<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1><p>Press a patch in the list " +"to see more information about it.</p><p>To install a patch, just click on " +"its \"checkbox\".</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:120 +msgid "" +"<h1><img src=\"gtk-dialog-info\" />Overview</h1><p>Browse packages using the " +"groups list on the left.</p><p>Press a package in the list to see more " +"information about it.</p><p>To install or remove a package, just click on " +"its \"checkbox\".</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:153 +msgid "Priorities" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:154 src/YGPackageSelector.cc:162 +msgid "Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:160 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:161 +msgid "RPM Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:163 +msgid "Support" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:167 +msgid "Patterns" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:168 +msgid "Languages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:276 +msgid "License Agreement" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:277 +msgid "Do you accept the terms of this license?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:281 +msgid "Warning Message" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:281 +msgid "Install anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:370 +msgid "" +"There are some conflicts on the transaction that must be solved manually." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:592 +msgid "Changes not saved!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:594 +msgid "Quit anyway?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:620 +msgid "Unsupported packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:622 +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following software is either unsupported or requires " +"an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:683 +msgid "Online Update" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:688 +msgid "Software Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: src/YGPackageSelector.cc:696 +msgid "Please wait..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:11 +msgid "" +"<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool lets you install, remove, and update " +"applications.</p><p>Software in &product; is broken down and distributed in " +"the form of packages. This way, if multiple applications require a common " +"system file, this system file is shipped in its own package and is installed " +"only once if needed. The user need not be concerned about such underlying " +"<i>dependencies</i>. Likewise, the plugins and other non-essential data of a " +"given application may be shipped in their own packages, so the user may " +"install them only if needed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:19 +msgid "" +"<p>Common suffixes for complementary packages:</p><ul><li><b>-plugin-</b>: " +"extends the application with extra functionality.</li><li><b>-devel</b>: " +"headers for software development.</li><li><b>-debuginfo</b>: debug symbols " +"for software testing.</li><li><b>-fr</b>, <b>-pl</b> or other language " +"siglas: translation files (your language will be marked for installation " +"automatically when needed).</li></ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:27 +msgid "" +"<p>Both the packages that are installed on your system, and the packages " +"that are available from the <i>repositories</i> you have configured will be " +"listed together. <i>Status</i> filters are available in the right-bottom box." +"</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:30 +msgid "" +"<blockquote>A repository is a packages media; it can either be local (such " +"as the installation CD), or a remote internet server. You can find an " +"utility to setup repositories on the YaST control center, which can also be " +"accessed via the <b>Configuration > Repositories</b> menu item.</blockquote>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:34 +msgid "<h1>Usage</h1>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:35 +msgid "" +"<h2>Install, Upgrade, Remove, Undo tab pages</h2><p>All packages are listed " +"together unless you have selected a <i>status</i> filter from the right-" +"bottom box. The check-box next to the package name indicates whether the " +"package is installed or not. If a more recent version of an installed " +"package is available, the version text will be highlighted in blue and an " +"upgrade button conveniently placed next to it. It is highlighted red if the " +"version installed is no longer being made available in any configured " +"repository.</p><p>The context menu (right click on a package) provides extra " +"options. The <b>Undo</b> option can be used to revert any changes you have " +"made. Multiple packages may be selected (using the Control key) and modified " +"together.</p><p>Use the <b>Version</b> list over the description box to " +"select a specific version of a package.</p><p>Press the <b>Apply</b> button " +"when you want your changes to be performed.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:48 +msgid "" +"<h2>Lock software</h2><p>Packages can be locked against automatic changes " +"via the context menu.</p><p>Locking is only useful in very unusual cases: " +"for instance, you may not want to install a given driver because it " +"interferes with your system, yet you want to install some collection that " +"includes it. Locks can be applied whether the package is installed or not.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:54 +msgid "<h2>Filters</h2>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:55 +msgid "" +"<h3>Search</h3><p>Enter free text into the search-field to match their names " +"and descriptions. (a search for 'office' will bring up the 'LibreOffice' " +"packages as well as 'AbiWord' which carries the word 'office' in its " +"description). You can search for multiple keywords by separating the with a " +"white space (e.g. 'spread sheet' would return 'libreoffice-calc').You may " +"use the search combined with a filter, like searching for a package in a " +"given repository. Other search attributes are provided, such as to search " +"for a given file.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:63 +msgid "" +"<h3>Groups</h3><p>Software for &product; is indexed so that you can find " +"software for a specific task when you are not aware of the software " +"selection available. A more detailed, hierarchical classification is " +"provided by the <b>RPM Groups</b> filter.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:67 +msgid "" +"<h3>Patterns and Languages</h3><p><b>Patterns</b> are task-oriented " +"collections of multiple packages that install like one. The installation of " +"the <i>File Server</i> pattern, for example, will install various packages " +"needed for running such a server.</p><p>If you want to install a particular " +"language, you may want to do so via the <b>Language</b> tool from the YaST " +"control center.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:73 +msgid "" +"<h2>Software details in the box below</h2><p>Explore the available " +"information about the package in the box below. Note that more information " +"is available for installed packages than for those only available from a " +"repository.</p><p>You can also pick a specific version of the package to " +"install from this box.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:84 +msgid "" +"<h1>Purpose</h1><p>This tool gives you control on overviewing and picking " +"patches. You may also reverse patches that have been applied to the system.</" +"p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:87 +msgid "" +"<h1>Usage</h1><h2>Categories</h2><p>Patches are grouped as follows:</" +"p><ul><li><b>Security</b>: patches a software flaw that could be exploited " +"to gain restricted privilege.</li><li><b>Recommended</b>: fixes non-security " +"related flaws (e.g. data corruption, performance slowdown)</" +"li><li><b>Optional</b>: ones that only apply to few users.</" +"li><li><b>Documentation</b>: fixes documentation errors.</li><li><b>YaST</" +"b>: patches for the YaST control center tools.</li></ul>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/pkg-selector-help.cc:99 +msgid "" +"<p>Only patches that apply to your system will be visible. You can be sure " +"that the decision to make a patch available is not done trivially.</p><p>If " +"you are looking for applications enhancements, you should check for " +"<i>upgrades</i> on the <b>Software Manager</b>.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:29 +msgid "Information only available for installed packages." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:87 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:583 +msgid "Several selected" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:156 +msgid "Web site:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:163 +msgid "Patch issued:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:195 +msgid "as" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:321 +msgid "Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:340 +msgid "Size:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:341 +msgid "License:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:365 +msgid "Versions" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to the package status +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:408 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:206 +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:215 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:992 +msgid "Installed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:436 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:494 +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:291 +msgid "Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:445 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:449 +msgid "Downgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:453 +msgid "Re-install" +msgstr "" + +#. static property (always "Undo") +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:465 src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:505 +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:289 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:881 +msgid "Undo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:655 +msgid "Supportability:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:675 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:739 +msgid "Installed Version:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:740 +msgid "Available Version:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:854 +msgid "File list" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:971 +msgid "Changelog" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:995 +msgid "Changelog applies only to the installed version." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1021 +msgid "Authors" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1034 +msgid "Attribute not-specified." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1086 +msgid "Developed by:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1089 +msgid "Packaged by:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgdetailview.cc:1105 +msgid "Applies to" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to the package status +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:204 +msgid "Available" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to the package status +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:208 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:220 +msgid "Modified" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: "Any status" may be translated as "All statuses" (whichever's smaller) +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:212 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:322 +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:555 src/ygtkpkgrpmgroupsview.cc:56 +msgid "All packages" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to the package status +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:214 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:999 +#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:377 +msgid "Not installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: refers to package status: may be translated as "Upgrade" +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:217 +msgid "Upgrades" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to the package status +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:219 +msgid "Locked" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this is shown next to the "Upgrade All" button +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:283 +msgid "Only Upgrade Patches" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:289 +msgid "Upgrade All" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: when "upload" isn't easy to translate, translate this as "7 days old" +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:339 +msgid "(uploaded last 7 days)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:374 +msgid "All repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:397 +msgid "None" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:488 +msgid "Repository not refreshed in a long time." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:507 +msgid "Switch installed packages to the versions in this repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:527 src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:542 +msgid "Edit Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: "Any priority" may be translated as "All priorities" (whichever's smaller) +#: src/ygtkpkgfilterview.cc:577 +msgid "All patches" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:28 +msgid "automatic" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:30 +msgid "user:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:96 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:273 +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:960 +msgid "install" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:98 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:119 +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:277 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:965 +msgid "upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:100 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:289 +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:974 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:102 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:279 +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:967 +msgid "downgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. (edition == prev_edition) +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:104 src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:281 +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:969 +msgid "re-install" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:126 src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:209 +msgid "patch" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:134 +msgid "auto" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:303 +msgid "add repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:311 +msgid "remove repository" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:318 +msgid "change repository alias" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:325 +msgid "change repository url" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:394 +msgid "Save to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:554 +msgid "Version / URL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:588 +msgid "Requested by" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:609 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:623 +#, c-format +msgid "Show History (%s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkghistorydialog.cc:625 +msgid "Save to File" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:486 src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:299 +msgid "&Install" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:489 +msgid "&Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:492 +msgid "&Re-install" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:495 src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:291 +msgid "&Remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:498 +msgid "&Undo" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:505 +msgid "&Unlock" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:508 +msgid "&Lock" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:702 +msgid "No matches." +msgstr "" + +#. if (sel->toModify()) +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:976 +msgid "modify" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:984 +msgid "locked: right-click to unlock" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:987 +msgid "To install" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:990 +msgid "To remove" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:995 +msgid "(upgrade available)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:1002 +msgid "status changed by the dependencies resolver" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkglistview.cc:1040 +msgid "Installed packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:220 +msgid "Import from" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:299 +msgid "Could not open:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:313 +msgid "Export to" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:384 +msgid "" +"Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependencies resolver." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:386 +msgid "The logs will be saved to the directory:" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: if there is no direct translation to Dependencies Resolver, then translate it to e.g. Dependencies Manager +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:392 +msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver Testcase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:406 +msgid "Success" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:407 +msgid "Dependencies resolver test case written to:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:411 +msgid "Also create a <tt>y2logs.tgz</tt> tar archive to attach to bugzilla?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:420 +msgid "" +"Failed to create dependencies resolver testcase.\n" +"Please check disk space and permissions for:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:701 +msgid "F&ile" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:703 +msgid "&Import..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:705 +msgid "&Export..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:711 +msgid "&Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:713 +msgid "&Repositories..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:716 +msgid "&Online Update..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:719 +msgid "&Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:721 +msgid "&Check Now" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:723 +msgid "&Autocheck" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:726 +msgid "&Options" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: don't translate the "-devel" +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:729 +msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: don't translate the "-debuginfo/-debugsource" part +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:731 +msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:732 +msgid "&System Verification Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:733 +msgid "&Ignore recommended packages for already installed packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:736 +msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:737 +msgid "&Allow vendor change" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:741 +msgid "E&xtras" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:743 +msgid "Show &Products" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:745 +msgid "Show &Changes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:748 +msgid "Show &History" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:751 +msgid "Show &Unneeded Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep "-_devel" untranslated +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:757 +msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep "-debug-_info" untranslated +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:760 +msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&info Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep "-debug-_source" untranslated +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:763 +msgid "Install All Matching -debug-&source Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:766 +msgid "Generate Dependencies Resolver &Testcase" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgmenubar.cc:768 +msgid "Reset &Ignored Dependencies Conflicts" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:296 +msgid "Remove: cannot remove patterns" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgpatternview.cc:373 +msgid "" +"Installed: cannot remove a pattern.\n" +"\n" +"You must manually remove the individual packages you no longer want to keep." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:86 +msgid "Candidate provides:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:90 +msgid "Installed provides:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:143 +msgid "Vendor" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: same as "Listing of Products" +#: src/ygtkpkgproductdialog.cc:161 +msgid "Products Listing" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:90 +msgid "" +"<b>Package search:</b> Use spaces to separate your keywords.\n" +"(usage example: a name search for \"yast dhcp\" would match yast dhcpd tool)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:103 +msgid "Name & Summary" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:104 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:106 +msgid "File name" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:120 +msgid "by" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:223 +#, c-format +msgid "%sPatterns are available%s that correspond to your search criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgsearchentry.cc:243 +msgid "Search by file name only reliable for installed packages." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:38 +msgid "view all changes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:68 +#, c-format +msgid "<b>%s</b> %d preselected packages" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:75 +msgid "plus 1 dependency" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:77 +#, c-format +msgid "plus %d dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:90 +msgid "No changes to perform" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:149 +msgid "To install:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:152 +msgid "To upgrade:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:155 +msgid "To remove:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgstatusbar.cc:232 +msgid "Space available:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:105 +msgid "Disk space required:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:108 +msgid "Download size:" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: please keep the %s order intact. They refer to mount_point, needed_space +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:155 +#, c-format +msgid "Partition %s is %s over-capacity" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: please keep the %s order intact. They refer to used_space, total_space +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:158 +#, c-format +msgid "%s filled out of %s" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:239 +msgid "Close software manager when done" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:261 +msgid "Revert?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:280 +msgid "Summary of changes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:282 +msgid "Review the changes to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgundolist.cc:290 +msgid "See History" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:193 +msgid "Show Unneeded Dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:195 +msgid "" +"This is a listing of dependencies no longer used. It is neither accurate, " +"nor comprehensive. Use with care." +msgstr "" + +#: src/ygtkpkgvestigialdialog.cc:205 +msgid "Remove All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:24 +msgid "Education" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:25 +msgid "Games" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:26 +msgid "Graphics" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:27 +msgid "Office" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:28 +msgid "Programming" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:29 +msgid "Multimedia" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:30 +msgid "System" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep translation short +#: src/yzypptags.cc:32 +msgid "Desktop (GNOME)" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep translation short +#: src/yzypptags.cc:34 +msgid "Desktop (KDE)" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep translation short +#: src/yzypptags.cc:36 +msgid "Desktop (XFCE)" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep translation short +#: src/yzypptags.cc:38 +msgid "Desktop (Others)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:39 +msgid "Publishing" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: keep translation short +#: src/yzypptags.cc:41 +msgid "Admin Tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:42 +msgid "Localization" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to patch priority +#: src/yzypptags.cc:43 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:754 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:44 +msgid "Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:45 +msgid "Network" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:46 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:758 +msgid "Documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:47 +msgid "Utilities" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:49 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:50 +msgid "Suggested" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to patch priority +#: src/yzypptags.cc:51 src/yzyppwrapper.cc:756 +msgid "Recommended" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to packages no longer available in any repository. +#: src/yzypptags.cc:53 +msgid "Unmaintained" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:54 +msgid "Recent" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzypptags.cc:55 +msgid "Multiversion" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:169 +msgid "Installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:211 +msgid "Reboot required:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:212 +msgid "" +"the system will have to be restarted in order for this patch to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:216 +msgid "Relogin required:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:217 +msgid "you must logout and login again for this patch to take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to patch priority +#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:760 +msgid "Optional" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: this refers to patch priority +#: src/yzyppwrapper.cc:762 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-17 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-17 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -144,10 +144,10 @@ #. string status = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 2, _("Enabled") ); #. string name = (string) select( (term) UI::QueryWidget( `id(`modules), `Item(ci) ), 1, nil ); #: src/clients/http-server.rb:350 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:357 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3066 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3089 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3136 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3145 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3148 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3152 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3181 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3067 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3090 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3137 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3149 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3153 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3182 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ #. translators: service status radio button label #. translators: server module status #: src/clients/http-server.rb:352 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:355 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3068 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3146 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3168 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3069 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3147 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3169 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" @@ -167,9 +167,9 @@ #. translators: server module status unknown #. list of all installed modules #: src/clients/http-server.rb:353 src/include/http-server/wizard-dialog.rb:167 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3039 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3049 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3059 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3208 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3040 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3050 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3051 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3060 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3209 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" @@ -241,7 +241,8 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: human-readable "default host" -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172 msgid "Main Host" msgstr "" @@ -286,7 +287,8 @@ #. translators: human-readable "default host" #. translators: human-readable "default host" #: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302 -#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 +#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273 msgid "Default Host" msgstr "" @@ -641,10 +643,10 @@ #. translators: Listen type for all addresses; #. translators: all network addresses Listen type #. translators: all network addresses Listen type -#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300 +#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2396 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2398 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2412 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2416 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3296 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3301 msgid "All Addresses" msgstr "" @@ -698,37 +700,37 @@ msgstr "" #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:131 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:133 msgid "Initializing HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:142 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 msgid "Check the environment" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:144 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 msgid "Read Apache2 configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:146 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:148 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:150 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 msgid "Checking the environment..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:152 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 msgid "Reading Apache2 configuration..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:154 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -737,25 +739,25 @@ #. translators: progress step #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:156 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:388 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:429 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:158 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:391 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:432 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:514 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. notification about package needed 1/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:185 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:187 msgid "" "<p>To configure the HTTP server, the <b>%1</b> packages must be installed.</" "p>" msgstr "" #. notification about package needed 2/2 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:189 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:191 msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: error popup before aborting the module -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:195 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:197 msgid "" "The package %1 is not available.\n" "\n" @@ -766,52 +768,52 @@ #. translators: error message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file #. translators: warning message, %1 is the file name of expected configuration file -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:223 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:247 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:225 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:249 msgid "The configuration file '%1' does not exist." msgstr "" #. off(); -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:279 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:281 msgid "There is no DNS server running on this machine." msgstr "" #. HttpServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:405 msgid "Saving HTTP Server Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:413 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 msgid "Write the Apache2 settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:416 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:419 msgid "Enable Apache2 service" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:418 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:421 msgid "Disable Apache2 service" msgstr "" #. translators: progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:422 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:425 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:428 msgid "Enabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "" #. translators: progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:427 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:430 msgid "Disabling Apache2 service..." msgstr "" #. install required RPMs for modules -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:441 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:444 msgid "" "The enabled modules require\n" "installation of some of these additional packages:\n" @@ -820,55 +822,55 @@ msgstr "" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:550 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:554 msgid "Module description does not have a name specified, ignoring." msgstr "" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:562 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:566 msgid "Unknown change of a module for autoinstallation: %1" msgstr "" #. translators: warning in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:581 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:585 msgid "" "Default value for module %1 does not match.\n" "This can cause inconsistent module configuration." msgstr "" #. translators: error in autoyast loading the configuration description. -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:596 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:600 msgid "Listen statement without port found." msgstr "" #. "Listen on " information (interfaces, port) -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:730 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:734 msgid "<h3>Listen On</h3>" msgstr "" #. "Default host" information -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:750 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:754 msgid "<h3>Default Host</h3>" msgstr "" #. translators: assiciation server name with document root #. translators: assiciation server name with document root -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:769 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:799 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:773 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 msgid " in " msgstr "" #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disabled #. translators: whether SSL is enabled or disable -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:774 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:803 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 src/modules/HttpServer.rb:807 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" #. the same information as in default host but for other virtual hosts -#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:778 +#: src/modules/HttpServer.rb:782 msgid "<h3>Virtual Hosts</h3>" msgstr "" @@ -982,7 +984,7 @@ #. translators: multi selection box #. translators: multi selection box -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3474 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:572 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3475 msgid "&Listen on Interfaces" msgstr "" @@ -1251,95 +1253,95 @@ #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate #. translators: dialog to set *.pem file with certificate -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2192 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2230 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2193 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2231 msgid "Select Certificate" msgstr "" #. translators: error message un failed certificate import -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2222 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2223 msgid "" "Cannot import certificate\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. translators: combo box label for list of configured IPs -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2429 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2430 msgid "Network &Address:" msgstr "" #. translators: error message when validating Listen statement #. translators: popup error -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2474 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3442 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2475 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3443 msgid "Invalid port number." msgstr "" #. translators: table entry text for name-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2940 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2941 msgid "Resolution via HTTP Headers" msgstr "" #. translators: table entry text for IP-based vhosts -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2943 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2944 msgid "Resolution via IP Address Used" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3107 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3108 msgid "Modules dependency problem" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3109 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3110 msgid "requires" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3111 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3112 msgid "Enable required module or disable first one." msgstr "" #. translators: combo box for selsect module from installed unknown modules -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3221 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3222 msgid "New Module &Name:" msgstr "" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3239 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3240 msgid "A name for the module to add is required." msgstr "" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3242 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3243 msgid "The module is already in the list." msgstr "" #. FIXME: CreateListen error reporting #. translators: error message for adding a new Listen statement -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3305 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3306 msgid "The entry '%1' already exists." msgstr "" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3326 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3327 msgid "" "The list of the ports to which the server should\n" "listen cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. translators: popup error - multi selection box with server network adresses -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3493 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3494 msgid "At least one interface must be selected." msgstr "" #. translators: checkbox - support for php script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3520 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3521 msgid "Enable &PHP5 Scripting" msgstr "" #. translators: checkbox - support for perl script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3528 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3529 msgid "Enable P&erl Scripting" msgstr "" #. translators: checkbox - support for python script language -#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3536 +#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3537 msgid "Enable P&ython Scripting" msgstr "" @@ -1448,202 +1450,202 @@ msgid "Execution of CGI scripts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:125 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:126 msgid "Provides for trailing slash redirects and serving directory index files" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:134 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:135 msgid "Modifies the environment passed to CGI scripts and SSI pages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:144 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:145 msgid "Generation of Expires HTTP headers according to user-specified criteria" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:159 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:160 msgid "Server-parsed HTML documents (Server Side Includes)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:173 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:174 msgid "Logging of the requests made to the server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:185 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:186 msgid "" "Associates the requested file name's extensions with the file's behavior and " "content" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:210 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:211 msgid "Provides for content negotiation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:220 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:221 msgid "" "Allows the setting of environment variables based on characteristics of the " "request" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:231 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:232 msgid "Provides information about server activity and performance" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:239 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:240 msgid "Allows CGI scripts to run as a specified user and group" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:250 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:251 msgid "User-specific directories" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:258 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:259 msgid "Sends files that contain their own HTTP headers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:264 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:265 msgid "Allows \"anonymous\" user access to authenticated areas" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:285 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:286 msgid "User authentication using MD5 Digest Authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:300 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:301 msgid "" "Allows an LDAP directory to be used to store the database for HTTP Basic " "authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:318 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:493 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:319 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:494 msgid "Content cache keyed to URIs" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:335 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:336 msgid "Specify character set translation or recoding" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:345 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:346 msgid "Distributed Authoring and Versioning (WebDAV) functionality" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:360 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:361 msgid "File system provider for mod_dav" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:371 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:372 msgid "Compress content before it is delivered to the client" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:390 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:391 msgid "Content cache storage manager keyed to URIs" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:403 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:404 msgid "A simple echo server to illustrate protocol modules" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:411 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:412 msgid "" "Pass the response body through an external program before delivery to the " "client" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:424 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:425 msgid "Caches a static list of files in memory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:434 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:435 msgid "Customization of HTTP request and response headers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:447 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:448 msgid "Server-side image map processing" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:458 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:459 msgid "Provides a comprehensive overview of the server configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:467 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:468 msgid "" "LDAP connection pooling and result caching services for use by other LDAP " "modules" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:487 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:488 msgid "Logging of input and output bytes per request" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:507 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:508 msgid "" "Determines the MIME type of a file by looking at a few bytes of its contents" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:516 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:517 msgid "HTTP/1.1 proxy/gateway server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:564 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:565 msgid "AJP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:571 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:572 msgid "mod_proxy extension for CONNECT request handling" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:578 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:579 msgid "FTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:584 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:585 msgid "HTTP support module for mod_proxy" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:590 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:591 msgid "" "Provides a rule-based rewriting engine to rewrite requested URLs on the fly" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:617 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:618 msgid "Attempts to correct mistaken URLs that users might have entered" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:626 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:627 msgid "" "Strong cryptography using the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) and Transport Layer " "Security (TLS) protocols" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:666 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:667 msgid "" "Provides an environment variable with a unique identifier for each request" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:672 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:673 msgid "Clickstream logging of user activity on a site" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:692 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:693 msgid "Provides support for dynamically configured mass virtual hosting" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:709 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:710 msgid "Provides support for PHP5 dynamically generated pages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:715 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:716 msgid "Provides support for Perl dynamically generated pages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:721 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:722 msgid "Provides support for Python dynamically generated pages" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:727 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:728 msgid "Provides support for AppArmor subprocess confinement within apache" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:733 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:740 +#: src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:734 src/modules/YaPI/HTTPDModules.pm:741 msgid "Provides support for subversion" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-10 18:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-10 18:12+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-26 01:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -173,28 +173,28 @@ #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:141 msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>" msgstr "" #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:129 msgid "Confirm Update" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133 msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>" msgstr "" #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3 #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:135 msgid "" "\n" "<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n" @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation #: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:144 msgid "Start &Update" msgstr "" @@ -233,8 +233,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/cio_ignore.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to su" -"ch devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Blacklist devices</b> if you want to create blacklist channels to " +"such devices which will reduce kernel memory footprint.</p>" msgstr "" #. progress step title @@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:121 msgid "" -"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM installat" -"ion." +"Here you can choose to use Novell pre-defined images to speed up RPM " +"installation." msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:135 @@ -286,26 +286,25 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:155 msgid "" -"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation s" -"ource" +"Custom images deployment - this needs a URL to be configured as installation " +"source" msgstr "" #. Image name, Image location #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:164 -msgid "" -"Here you can create custom images.\n" +msgid "Here you can create custom images.\n" msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:165 msgid "" -"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an im" -"age here" +"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an " +"image here" msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176 msgid "" -"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during in" -"stallation)" +"Create an image file (AutoYaST will fetch it from the given location during " +"installation)" msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:183 @@ -331,20 +330,20 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up.\n" "Images contain compressed snapshots of an installed system matching your\n" -"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in the" -"\n" +"selection of patterns. The rest of the packages which are not contained in " +"the\n" "images will be installed from packages the standard way.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:235 msgid "" "<p><b>Creating own Images</b> is used if you\n" -"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will dump" -" an\n" -"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured already." -"\n" -"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-instal" -"lation.</p>" +"want to skip the complete step of RPM installation. Instead AutoYaST will " +"dump an\n" +"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured " +"already.\n" +"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-" +"installation.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:338 @@ -355,9 +354,10 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/lib/installation/clients/deploying_proposal.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages orig" -"inating from the images will\n" -"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>" +"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages " +"originating from the images will\n" +"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:296 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" @@ -469,13 +469,11 @@ #. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) #. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first -#. exit codes (see "man curl"): -#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. -#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. download release notes now #. push button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:178 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:137 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:294 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" @@ -494,8 +492,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n" -"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available transl" -"ations.\n" +"Use <b>License Translations...</b> to show the license in all available " +"translations.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -641,18 +639,19 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Clone</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile.\n" -"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user intera" -"ction. AutoYaST\n" -"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this op" -"tion is\n" -"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml<" -"/tt>.</p>" +"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user " +"interaction. AutoYaST\n" +"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this " +"option is\n" +"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst." +"xml</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. #187558 #. Load Add-On products configured in the fist stage #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:310 -msgid "<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>To clone the current system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:313 @@ -692,8 +691,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:200 msgid "" "Debugging has been turned on.\n" -"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packa" -"ges." +"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of " +"packages." msgstr "" #. unknown image @@ -729,8 +728,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:92 msgid "" -"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk wil" -"l be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." +"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk " +"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image." msgstr "" #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:99 @@ -782,14 +781,14 @@ #. FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. bug #302384 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149 msgid "Initializing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:145 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 msgid "Initializing the installation..." msgstr "" @@ -805,7 +804,7 @@ msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:494 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:497 msgid "Show &package updates" msgstr "" @@ -843,37 +842,37 @@ msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:456 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:463 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:464 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:470 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:471 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:479 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:480 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:486 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:487 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "" #. some steps are called in live installer only -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:549 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:550 msgid "Client %1 returned invalid data." msgstr "" #. FIXME: looks like product specific finish steps are not used at all -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:581 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "" @@ -929,18 +928,23 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, sele" -"ct\n" +"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, " +"select\n" "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text: additional help for installation #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212 msgid "" -"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drive" -"rs.suse.com</i> site.</p>" +"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://" +"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>" msgstr "" +#. Title for root-password dialogue +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_keyboard_root_password.rb:55 +msgid "Keyboard Layout and Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" +msgstr "" + #. Error message #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128 msgid "Internal error: Missing license to show" @@ -990,8 +994,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_network_check.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A configured network is needed for using remote repositories\n" -"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the configurat" -"ion.</p>\n" +"or add-on products. If you do not use remote repositories, skip the " +"configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. error popup @@ -1004,20 +1008,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57 msgid "" -"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number \n" -"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n" +"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a " +"number \n" +"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major " +"ones \n" "<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 3 #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:63 msgid "" -"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal installa" -"tion patterns)\n" -"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the " -"software \n" -"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add addition" -"al desktop \n" +"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal " +"installation patterns)\n" +"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in " +"the software \n" +"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add " +"additional desktop \n" "environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1105,103 +1111,103 @@ #. This dialog in not interactive #. always return `back when came from the previous dialog -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:70 msgid "Analyzing the Computer" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress steps in system probing -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:99 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:89 msgid "Probe USB devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:100 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:90 msgid "Probing USB devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:93 msgid "Probe FireWire devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:104 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:94 msgid "Probing FireWire devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:97 msgid "Probe floppy disk devices" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:108 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:98 msgid "Probing floppy disk devices..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:112 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:102 msgid "Probe hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:113 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:103 msgid "Probing hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:116 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:106 msgid "Load kernel modules for hard disk controllers" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:117 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:107 msgid "Loading kernel modules for hard disk controllers..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:120 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:110 msgid "Probe hard disks" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:121 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:111 msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "" #. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:118 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:119 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:122 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:123 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:134 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "" #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:232 msgid "" "\n" -"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installatio" -"n." +"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for " +"installation." msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:246 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" "%1\n" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1209,7 +1215,7 @@ msgstr "" #. pop-up error report -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:267 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1218,14 +1224,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:312 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:225 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:232 msgid "" "<p>Cannot obtain the installer update repository URL\n" "from the registration server.</p>" @@ -1233,7 +1239,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of an error message, %s is the default repository #. URL from control.xml -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:231 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:238 msgid "<p>The default URL %s will be used.<p>" msgstr "" @@ -1242,14 +1248,14 @@ #. @param services [Array<SlpServiceClass::Service>] Array of registration servers #. @return [SlpServiceClass::Service,Symbol] Registration service to use; :scc if SCC is selected; #. :cancel if the dialog was dismissed. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:308 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:315 msgid "" "Select a detected registration server from the list\n" "to search for installer updates." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:389 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:396 msgid "" "A valid update could not be found at\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1257,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:395 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:402 msgid "" "Could not fetch update from\n" "%s.\n" @@ -1269,10 +1275,10 @@ #. Ask the user about checking network configuration. If she/he accepts, #. the `inst_lan` client will be launched. #. -#. @param url [URI] URL to show in the message +#. @param reason [String] reason why user want to check his network configuration #. @return [Boolean] true if the network configuration client was launched; #. false if the network is not configured. -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:425 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:432 msgid "" "\n" "Would you like to check your network configuration\n" @@ -1282,7 +1288,7 @@ #. Note: the proxy cannot be configured in the YaST installer yet, #. it needs to be set via the "proxy" boot option. #. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:470 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:477 msgid "" "Downloading the optional installer updates from \n" "%s\n" @@ -1296,30 +1302,26 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress label -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:579 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:586 msgid "Add Update Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:580 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:587 msgid "Download the Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:581 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:588 msgid "Apply the Packages" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:582 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:589 msgid "Restart" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:585 -msgid "Fetching AutoYast Profile" -msgstr "" - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog title #. TRANSLATORS: progress title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:595 -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:597 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:600 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:602 msgid "Updating the Installer..." msgstr "" @@ -1328,7 +1330,7 @@ #. @return [Hash, nil] current profile if fetched or exists; nil otherwise #. #. @see Yast::Profile.current -#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:668 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:673 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" "\n" @@ -1385,8 +1387,8 @@ #. menu button #. menu button #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:651 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:766 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:675 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:793 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "" @@ -1399,8 +1401,8 @@ #: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" -"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the up" -"grade process.</p>" +"on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the " +"upgrade process.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 @@ -1643,6 +1645,10 @@ msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "" +#: src/lib/installation/clients/services_finish.rb:9 +msgid "Adapting system services ..." +msgstr "" + #. normal=configuration in an installed system #: src/lib/installation/clients/ssh_import_auto.rb:138 msgid "It makes no sense to write these settings to system." @@ -1673,7 +1679,7 @@ msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:71 +#: src/lib/installation/clients/umount_finish.rb:72 msgid "Unmounting all mounted devices..." msgstr "" @@ -1726,12 +1732,12 @@ #: src/lib/installation/dialogs/ssh_import.rb:102 msgid "" -"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose a" -"n existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the identity- o" -"f its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of files per host " -"key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</p><p>Check <b>Import S" -"SH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found in /etc/ssh, in addition t" -"o the keys.</p>" +"<p>Every SSH server is identified by one or several public host keys. Choose " +"an existing Linux installation to reuse the host keys -and thus the " +"identity- of its SSH server. The key files found in /etc/ssh (one pair of " +"files per host key) will be copied to the new system being installed.</" +"p><p>Check <b>Import SSH Configuration</b> to also copy other files found " +"in /etc/ssh, in addition to the keys.</p>" msgstr "" #. AutoYaST configuration mode. The user can input the device e.b. /dev/sda0 @@ -1749,53 +1755,79 @@ msgid "Import SSH Configuration" msgstr "" +#. TODO: Add the registration process +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:45 +msgid "Dashboard U&RL" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:52 +msgid "Worker Registration" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME: This client is a POC and still under definition +#: src/lib/installation/dialogs/worker_role.rb:58 +msgid "Enter the url of the admin dashboard to register as a worker" +msgstr "" + #. progress step title #: src/lib/installation/prep_shrink.rb:34 msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "" +#. returns true if there is no error or user approved stored errors +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:34 +msgid "Error Found in Installation Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_errors.rb:35 +msgid "" +"The following errors were found in the configuration proposal.\n" +"If you continue with the installation it may not be successful.\n" +"Errors:\n" +msgstr "" + #. question in a popup box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:212 msgid "Really reset everything to default values?" msgstr "" #. explain consequences of a decision -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:214 msgid "You will lose all changes." msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:260 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "" #. error message is a popup -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:274 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:282 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" msgstr "" #. busy message -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:383 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:404 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "" #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:387 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:671 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:408 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:695 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "" #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:489 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:513 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:530 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:554 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1806,46 +1838,46 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:625 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:649 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:658 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "" #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:721 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:701 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:725 msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "" #. menu button item -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:761 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:788 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Update" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:810 msgid "&Install" msgstr "" #. @return [String] translated headline -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:57 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:58 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:77 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:78 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1854,27 +1886,34 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:85 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:86 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Warning message, can be split to more lines if needed +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:297 +msgid "" +"This proposed setting is marked as read-only\n" +"and cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:435 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:518 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed." -"\n" +"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values " +"displayed.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" #. so update #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:526 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1883,7 +1922,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:452 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:535 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1892,7 +1931,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:460 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:543 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1901,7 +1940,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:551 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1909,12 +1948,12 @@ msgstr "" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:475 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:558 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:477 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:560 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -1923,7 +1962,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:491 +#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:574 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1938,7 +1977,7 @@ msgstr "" #. A Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:80 +#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:97 msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done." msgstr "" @@ -2004,13 +2043,11 @@ #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192 -msgid "" -"Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" +msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n" msgstr "" #: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208 -msgid "" -"Reading file on %1 failed.\n" +msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n" msgstr "" #. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success. Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -129,15 +129,13 @@ msgstr "" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#. authentication dialog for add target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 -msgid "No Authentication" +msgid "No Discovery Authentication" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 -msgid "Incoming Authentication" +msgid "Authentication by Initiator" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 @@ -156,9 +154,14 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 -msgid "Outgoing Authentication" +msgid "Authentication by Targets" msgstr "" +#. authentication dialog for add target +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 +msgid "No Login Authentication" +msgstr "" + #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" @@ -220,8 +223,8 @@ #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:407 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:112 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:130 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" msgstr "" @@ -234,29 +237,64 @@ msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "" +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. | +#. | Copyright (c) [2012] Novell, Inc. +#. | All Rights Reserved. +#. | +#. | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. | modify it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as +#. | published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. | +#. | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. | GNU General Public License for more details. +#. | +#. | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. | along with this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. | +#. | To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. | you may find current contact information at www.novell.com +#. | +#. |*************************************************************************** +#. File: include/iscsi-client/helps.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of iscsi-client +#. Summary: Help texts of all the dialogs +#. Authors: Michal Zugec <mzugec@suse.cz> +#. +#. $Id$ +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:35 +msgid "" +"If authentication is needed for secure access, please use <b>Authentication " +"by Initiator</b> and <b>Authentication by Targets</b> together. Please do " +"not only use one of them for security reasons.\n" +msgstr "" + #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:38 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:44 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:48 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:50 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:52 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -265,14 +303,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI initiator here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Select an iSCSI initiator from the list of detected initiators.\n" @@ -281,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:68 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:70 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -289,7 +327,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:74 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Initiator Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI initiators. Additionally\n" @@ -297,14 +335,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Initiator</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI initiator.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:86 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI Initiator to change or remove.\n" @@ -312,105 +350,102 @@ msgstr "" #. table of connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:92 msgid "" -"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional" -" targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode o" -"f already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cance" -"l the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the" -" start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" +"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get " +"additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the " +"start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use " +"<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target " +"from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Warning #. Warning -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:101 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:102 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 msgid "" -"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that thi" -"s access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption." -"</p>\n" +"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that " +"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data " +"corruption.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:105 msgid "" -"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</t" -"t>. \n" -"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only ab" -"le to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" +"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</" +"tt>. \n" +"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only " +"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" -"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discoveri" -"ng targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" -"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be" -" 3205.\n" +"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for " +"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n" +"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should " +"be 3205.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:113 msgid "" "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n" -"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and" -" <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" -"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n" +"Only change <b>Port</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n" +"select <b>No Discovery Authentication</b>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "" -"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connec" -"t</b>. " +"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click " +"<b>Connect</b>. " msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:133 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n" "default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n" -"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n" +"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. " +"when\n" "root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n" -"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI servic" -"e\n" +"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI " +"service\n" "starts up.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:143 msgid "" -"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox " -"if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b" -">Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for " -"both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates t" -"o 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way roun" -"d.</p>" +"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the " +"checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons." msgstr "" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" -"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discover" -"y</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP addr" -"ess.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was su" -"ccessful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will a" -"ppear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b" -">Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for " -"not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i" -"> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means d" -"oing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of" -" already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targe" -"ts</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets wit" -"hout changing the start-up mode.</p>" +"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the " +"<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server " +"specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the " +"connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status " +"'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen." +"<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> " +"Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, " +"<b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</" +"b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets " +"which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets " +"(to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the " +"<b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-" +"up mode.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>" msgstr "" @@ -483,8 +518,7 @@ #. check for valid host name #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:584 -msgid "" -"Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" +msgid "Please check IP address resp. host name.\n" msgstr "" #. validate port number @@ -512,8 +546,8 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:755 #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:875 msgid "" -"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipath" -"ing is enabled to prevent data corruption." +"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that " +"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:758 @@ -545,8 +579,8 @@ #. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96 msgid "" -"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.<" -"/p>" +"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed." +"</p>" msgstr "" #: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99 @@ -629,8 +663,7 @@ #. Report a warning (not an error) if login failed for other reasons #. (also related to bsc#981693, warning popups usually are skipped) #: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1070 -msgid "" -"Target connection failed.\n" +msgid "Target connection failed.\n" msgstr "" #. do discovery first Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ msgstr "" #. second tab - global authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:427 msgid "Global" msgstr "" @@ -79,11 +80,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:145 -msgid "Use Authentication" +msgid "Use Login Authentication" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:312 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:327 msgid "LUN" msgstr "" @@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:453 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:468 msgid "Add" msgstr "" @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:454 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:469 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" @@ -145,15 +146,12 @@ msgid "Copy" msgstr "" -#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:229 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -161,22 +159,19 @@ #. dialog to add/modify user and password #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:247 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:732 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:747 msgid "Username" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:235 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:248 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:263 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:748 msgid "Password" msgstr "" #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:242 #: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -226,8 +221,8 @@ #. expert dialog #. LUN details #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>" msgstr "" @@ -239,7 +234,7 @@ #. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target #. (includes authentication) #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509 -msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup" +msgid "Modify initiators ACLs" msgstr "" #. edit target dialog @@ -252,29 +247,40 @@ msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings" msgstr "" +#. All helps are here +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:36 +msgid "" +"If you enable <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, you need to fill in " +"<b>UserID</b> and <b>Password</b> for both <b>Authentication " +"for Targets</b> and <b>Authentication for Initiators</b> in " +"next pages. Even you disabled <b>Use Login Authentication</b>, it's still " +"needed to add the initiators name of which you want to grant " +"access to the targets in next page" +msgstr "" + #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:38 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:51 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:55 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -282,21 +288,21 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:57 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p><b>Save</b> button will export some information about\n" "targets into selected file.</p>" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Configure an iSCSI target here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:65 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target from the list of detected iSCSI targets.\n" @@ -305,7 +311,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -313,7 +319,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:78 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "<p><b><big>iSCSI Target Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed iSCSI targets. Additionally\n" @@ -321,14 +327,14 @@ msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:84 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding an iSCSI Target</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure an iSCSI target.</p>" msgstr "" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:93 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting</big></b><br>\n" "Choose an iSCSI target to change or remove.\n" @@ -336,7 +342,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -345,8 +351,8 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:101 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -354,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -362,102 +368,107 @@ msgstr "" #. discovery authentication -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:123 msgid "" -"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>I" -"ncoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b" -"> and <b>Password</b>." +"This tab intends to configure authentication for discovery session. Use " +"<b>No Discovery Authentication</b> to disable discovery authentication. Or " +"you need to fill both <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication " +"by Initiators</b>. <b>Note: UserID / Password can not be the same for " +"initiators and targets!</b>" msgstr "" #. target client setup. -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported" -" from\n" -" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>In" -"itiatorName</i>\n" -" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will" -" remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN " +"imported from\n" +" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use " +"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n" +" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> " +"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN t" -"arget number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the ty" -"pe of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. T" -"hen insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different " -"passwords for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n" -" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b>" -" is disabled here.</p>" +"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN " +"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, it's " +"needed to Use <b>Authentication by Targets</b> and <b>Authentication by " +"Initiators</b> together. Then insert <b>UserID </b> and <b>Password</b>. " +"Please make sure they are different usernames and passwords for the two " +"kinds of authentication.\n" +" If <b>Use Login Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit " +"Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143 msgid "" -"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access t" -"o the LUN.</p>" +"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access " +"to the LUN.</p>" msgstr "" #. target dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "" -"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by click" -"ing <b>Add</b>.\n" -"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>." +"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by " +"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n" +"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</" +"b>." msgstr "" #. edit target #. add target -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LU" -"N</b>.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"<b>LUN</b>.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. " -"\n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "" -"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which addr" -"ess\n" +"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which " +"address\n" "and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n" "Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:169 msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172 msgid "" -"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n" +"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a " +"lun.\n" "You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n" -"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. " -"\n" +"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</" +"b>. \n" "The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n" "does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:186 msgid "" -"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional conf" -"iguration options." +"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional " +"configuration options." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:191 msgid "" -"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purpo" -"ses).\n" -"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Se" -"ctors</b> are optional." +"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing " +"purposes).\n" +"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and " +"<b>Sectors</b> are optional." msgstr "" #. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target @@ -476,156 +487,175 @@ msgid "Invalid Password." msgstr "" +#. we must also call handleDiscAuthStatus() here because once users enable / disable discovery authentication, +#. we need to set the configFS attributes accordingly. +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:233 +msgid "No Discovery Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:244 +msgid "Authentication by Targets" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:249 #: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:262 +msgid "UserID" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:257 +msgid "Authentication by Initiators" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:277 msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 msgid "Selected Name is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:295 msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:286 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:301 msgid "Selected Path is already in use!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:321 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:336 msgid "Path:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:339 msgid "Browse" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:344 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:359 msgid "Select file or device" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Initiator LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:447 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:462 msgid "Target LUN" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:455 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:470 msgid "Change:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:548 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:563 msgid "Target LUN %1 used more than once!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:610 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Need to enable at least one Authentification!" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:630 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:645 msgid "Initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:633 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:648 msgid "Import LUNs from TPG" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:649 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:706 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:664 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721 msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!" msgstr "" #. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing #. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator. #. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here? -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:655 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:712 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:670 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:727 msgid "Initiator name already exists!" msgstr "" #. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN #. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:689 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:704 msgid "New initiator name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:735 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:750 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:736 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:751 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. create items from targets -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:796 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1274 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1377 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1414 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:811 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1289 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1392 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1429 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" #. remove a item #. **************** Edit Dialog ***************************** #. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map) -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:833 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:947 -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1301 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:848 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:962 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1316 msgid "Really delete the selected item?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1015 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1030 msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1052 msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1058 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1073 msgid "Problem removing lun %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1083 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1098 msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1112 msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3" msgstr "" #. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1211 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 msgid "The target cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1230 msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1226 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1241 msgid "The target already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1246 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261 msgid "Incoming" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1249 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1264 msgid "Outgoing" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1251 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1266 msgid "None" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1463 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1478 msgid "" "There isn't any initiator specified.\n" "To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n" @@ -634,23 +664,23 @@ "Really want to continue without initiator access?" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1477 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1507 msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1513 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1528 msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1537 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1552 msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1572 +#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1587 msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2" msgstr "" @@ -665,11 +695,11 @@ msgstr "" #. scope link IPv6 -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1438 msgid "Cannot save lio setup" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432 +#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1442 msgid "Cannot save tcm setup" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -50,22 +50,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:117 msgid "" -"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"" -"kernel_string\"." +"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only " +"\"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:128 msgid "" -"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the k" -"dump kernel." +"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the " +"kdump kernel." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:139 msgid "" -"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command l" -"ine string." +"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command " +"line string." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:190 msgid "" -"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes p" -"assword (plain text file)." +"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes " +"password (plain text file)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:255 msgid "" -"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, s" -"ftp, nfs, cifs" +"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, " +"sftp, nfs, cifs" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -185,8 +185,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:303 msgid "" -"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only " -"\"kernel_string\"." +"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means " +"only \"kernel_string\"." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -197,8 +197,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:317 msgid "" -"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or" -" s are allowed" +"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 " +"or s are allowed" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ #. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:502 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:513 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "" @@ -424,7 +424,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help #: src/clients/kdump.rb:813 -msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." +msgid "" +"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message @@ -490,18 +491,13 @@ msgid "No option has been defined." msgstr "" -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/kdump_finish.rb:47 -msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." -msgstr "" - #. proposal part - kdump label -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:82 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:83 msgid "Kdump" msgstr "" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:84 +#: src/clients/kdump_proposal.rb:85 msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "" @@ -747,8 +743,8 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n" -" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/re" -"moved. \n" +" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/" +"removed. \n" " To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -764,12 +760,12 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46 msgid "" "<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n" -" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take pla" -"ce when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted d" -"ump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a ne" -"w instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel c" -"rash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of" -" memory.</p>" +" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take " +"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-" +"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which " +"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the " +"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has " +"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>" msgstr "" #. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1 @@ -787,8 +783,10 @@ "<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n" " <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n" " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n" -" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n" -" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n" +" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip." +"<br>\n" +" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster." +"<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -796,17 +794,17 @@ #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n" -" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps" -".<br></p>" +" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving " +"dumps.<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7 #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76 msgid "" -"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" +"<p><b>Local Filesystem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n" " <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" -" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Brow" -"se</i>\n" +" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing " +"<i>Browse</i>\n" " <br></p>" msgstr "" @@ -818,8 +816,8 @@ " <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n" " <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n" " <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n" -" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<b" -"r></p>" +" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection." +"<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7 @@ -906,8 +904,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n" " Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n" -" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<b" -"r></p>" +" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed." +"<br></p>" msgstr "" #. Enable Copy Ke&rnel into the Dump Directory - CheckBox 1/1 @@ -922,46 +920,48 @@ #. SMTP Server #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165 -msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>" msgstr "" #. SMTP User Name #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169 msgid "" -"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" -" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain" -" SMTP will be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n" +" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, " +"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. SMTP Password #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173 msgid "" -"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This" -"\n" -" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will " -"be used.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authentication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. " +"This\n" +" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP " +"will be used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Notification To (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification em" -"ail will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification " +"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Notification CC (email addresses) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181 msgid "" -"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to" -"\n" -" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses " +"to\n" +" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. Number of Old Dumps (number) #: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185 msgid "" -"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the nu" -"mber of dump files \n" +"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the " +"number of dump files \n" "exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1149,141 +1149,145 @@ msgid "Kdump not supported" msgstr "" -#. See FATE#315780 -#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 -#. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:399 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/kdump/clients/finish.rb:31 +msgid "Saving kdump configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#. @param update_command [String] a command for .target.bash +#. @return [Boolean] whether successful +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:414 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:521 src/modules/Kdump.rb:529 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:532 src/modules/Kdump.rb:540 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:534 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:536 msgid "Calculating memory limits..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:531 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:542 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:544 msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:545 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:556 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:553 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:564 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:572 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:598 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:629 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:622 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:633 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:637 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:636 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:645 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:656 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "" #. Create a textual summary #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:763 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:774 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775 msgid "enabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:775 msgid "disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:771 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:782 msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:778 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:789 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:796 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:792 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:803 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal, #. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:884 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:895 msgid "" -"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only " -"%{available} are available." +"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but " +"only %{available} are available." msgstr "" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:971 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:992 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-25 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -24,90 +24,90 @@ #. Multipath summary dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:56 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:54 src/include/multipath/wizards.rb:70 msgid "Multipath Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:69 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:67 msgid "Do ¬ use Multipath" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:77 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:75 msgid "&Use Multipath" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:90 msgid "Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Item" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:97 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:122 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:148 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:95 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:120 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:146 msgid "Value" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:117 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:115 msgid "Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "" #. will be initiated in Read_Defaults.. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:143 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:141 msgid "Defaults" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:166 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:164 msgid "Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "vendor" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:171 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:169 msgid "product" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:190 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:188 msgid "Multipaths" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 msgid "alias" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:197 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2284 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2955 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:195 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2282 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2953 msgid "wwid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:215 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:213 msgid "Configure Defaults" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:214 msgid "Configure Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:218 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:216 msgid "Configure Blacklist" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:223 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:221 msgid "Configure Blacklist Exceptions" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:243 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:241 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:378 src/modules/Multipath.rb:387 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:398 msgid "Status" msgstr "" #. Disable configure tab during installation -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:251 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:249 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:359 src/modules/Multipath.rb:392 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:411 src/modules/Multipath.rb:455 #: src/modules/Multipath.rb:481 src/modules/Multipath.rb:506 @@ -117,77 +117,75 @@ #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information #. check if user input is legal, and popup necessary information -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1063 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3258 -msgid "" -"Illegal parameters:\n" +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1061 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3256 +msgid "Illegal parameters:\n" msgstr "" #. duplicated configuraton checking #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1135 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2001 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2669 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3329 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1133 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1999 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2667 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3327 msgid "Duplicated configuration." msgstr "" #. used for store undecided input #. used for store undecided input -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1180 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1226 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1244 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3392 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3437 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3455 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1178 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1224 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1242 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3390 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3435 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3453 msgid "Show Details" msgstr "" #. do not do with number id -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1443 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1441 msgid "Illegal parameter:" msgstr "" #. devices section #. if value is empty, do not write name into configuration file. -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1893 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2561 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:1891 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2559 msgid "Illegal parameters:" msgstr "" #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value #. do not handle, `ok will do with the value -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2027 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2033 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2272 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2695 -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2701 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2943 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2025 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2031 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2270 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2693 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2699 src/include/multipath/complex.rb:2941 msgid "item" msgstr "" #. duplicated configuraton checking -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3343 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3341 msgid "Duplicated configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3607 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3605 msgid "Can not find /sbin/multipath" msgstr "" #. "multipath -l" may returns "" to bash -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3647 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3630 msgid "Use multipath failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3653 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3636 msgid "* Cannot enable multipathd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3663 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3646 msgid "* Cannot start multipathd." msgstr "" -#. CallInsserv(true, "multipathd"); -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3683 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3665 msgid "Do not use multipath failed:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3689 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3671 msgid "* Cannot stop multipath." msgstr "" -#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3699 +#: src/include/multipath/complex.rb:3681 msgid "* Cannot disable multipathd." msgstr "" @@ -212,41 +210,42 @@ "\t\t\tStart or stop multipathd, check the multipath information.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Stop/Start Multipathd</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not use Mult" -"ipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd stopped" -".<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Use Multipath\"</b> to start multipathd. Click <b>\"Do not " +"use Multipath\"</b> to stop multipathd.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tMultipath status information can still be displayed when multipathd " +"stopped.<br><br>\n" "\n" "\t\t\t<b><big>Configure Multipath</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>Configure</b> Tab to make the multipath configurations.<br></" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for Configure tab #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There are fo" -"ur sections in the configuration file:\n" -"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, <b>blacklist_exceptio" -"n</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tAll the content of /etc/multipath.conf can be configured here. There " +"are four sections in the configuration file:\n" +"\t\t\t<b>multipaths</b>, <b>defaults</b>, <b>blacklist</b>, " +"<b>blacklist_exception</b>, <b>devices.</b><br><br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Multipaths:</b> list of multipaths finest-grained settings.<br>\n" "\t\t\t<b>Defaults:</b> multipath-tools default settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults settings.<br" -">\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath candi" -"dates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist settings.<" -"br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from black" -"list.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure blacklist" -"_exceptions settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides default " -"settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices settings.<br><" -"br>\n" -"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations.<br><br>" -"</p>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Defaults\"</b> button to configure defaults " +"settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist:</b> list of device names to be discard as not multipath " +"candidates.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist\"</b> button to configure blacklist " +"settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Blacklist Exceptions:</b> list of device names to be excluded from " +"blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure Blacklist Exceptions\"</b> button to configure " +"blacklist_exceptions settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>Devices:</b> list of per storage controller settings. Overrides " +"default settings, overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Configure devices\"</b> button to configure devices " +"settings.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\tClick <b>\"Finish\"</b> button to save and update the configurations." +"<br><br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for defaults section configure tab 1/3 @@ -254,25 +253,27 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Defaults Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tGlobal default settings can be configured and cleared here.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath configurations, " -"unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own value as " -"default setting.<br></p>\n" +"\t\t\tAny default setting here will take effect in all multipath " +"configurations, unless a corresponding local setting overwrites it.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tIf a default setting here is cleared, multipath will take its own " +"value as default setting.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog help for blacklist section configure tab 1/3 #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode<" -"/b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device name" -"s in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, " -"hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in blacklist." -" A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tDevice names listed here can be discarded as not multipath candidates." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " +"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device in blacklist." +"<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller in " +"blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -281,15 +282,15 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Blacklist Exceptions Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "\t\t\tDevice names listed here are excluded from blacklist.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, <b>devnode<" -"/b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from blackli" -"st.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device name" -"s in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are cciss, fd, " -"hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" -"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted from" -" blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tThere are three methods to identify a device name: <b>wwid</b>, " +"<b>devnode</b>, <b>device</b>.<br><br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>wwid</b>: The world wide ID identifying the device excepted from " +"blacklist.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>devnode</b>: Regular expression can be used here to identify device " +"names in udev_dir (default in directory /dev). Common device names are " +"cciss, fd, hd, md, dm, sr, scd, st, ram, raw, loop.<br>\n" +"\t\t\t<b>device</b>: Used to identify a specific storage controller excepted " +"from blacklist. A device can be specified by vendor and product name.<br>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -297,10 +298,10 @@ #: src/include/multipath/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Devices Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the default " -"settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" -"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name.<br></p>" -"\n" +"\t\t\tPer storage controller settings are listed here, they override the " +"default settings and are overridden by per multipath settings.<br>\n" +"\t\t\tEach device is identified by <b>vendor</b> and <b>product</b> name." +"<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. add quotes to configuration value, no matter how many words. Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses-pkg.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-30 01:28+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -52,7 +52,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1307 -msgid "You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." +msgid "" +"You can choose to install anyway, but you risk getting a corrupted system." msgstr "" #: src/NCPackageSelector.cc:1308 @@ -116,19 +117,27 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:203 -msgid "This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if recommeded by a newly installed package." +msgid "" +"This is a list of useful packages. They will be additionally installed if " +"recommeded by a newly installed package." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:207 -msgid "It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." +msgid "" +"It's suggested to install these packages because they fit to already " +"installed packages. The decision to install it is by the user." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:211 -msgid "The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. updates aren't possible." +msgid "" +"The solver has detected that these packages are without a repository, i.e. " +"updates aren't possible." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterClassification.cc:215 -msgid "These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any longer." +msgid "" +"These packages might be unneeded because former dependencies don't apply any " +"longer." msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgFilterInstSummary.cc:65 @@ -162,7 +171,9 @@ #. Translators: %s is a locale code, e.g. en_GB #: src/NCPkgFilterLocale.cc:178 #, c-format -msgid "Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> locale" +msgid "" +"Translations, dictionaries and other language-related files for <b>%s</b> " +"locale" msgstr "" #. the label of the selections @@ -375,11 +386,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:105 -msgid "&Cleanup when Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" +msgid "Cleanup when &Deleting Packages (Temporary Change)" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:109 -msgid "&Allow Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" +msgid "Allow &Vendor Change (Temporary Change)" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgMenuDeps.cc:113 @@ -654,32 +665,62 @@ #. part1 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:121 -msgid "<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> and <b>menu</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Welcome to the package selector</b></p><p>This tool will help you to " +"manage the software on your system. You can install, update or remove single " +"packages, as well as patterns (sets of packages serving certain purpose) or " +"languages. Usually, you do not need to care about package dependencies when " +"installing or removing anything, the solver will do it for you. The package " +"selector consists of three main parts: <b>filters</b>, <b>package table</b> " +"and <b>menu</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. part of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:129 -msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Filter</b> on left panel is designed for easy orientation in a large " +"amount of packages. Use filters to display only packages from a certain " +"repository or in a selected pattern (for example, Games or C/C++ " +"Development) or to search for particular keywords. More information on " +"filters can be found in <i>How to use filters</i>.</p>" msgstr "" #. additional help text for post installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:136 -msgid "<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has several columns:</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Package table</b> is the main component of the package selector. You " +"will see a list of packages matching the current filter (for example, the " +"selected RPM group or search result). Each line of the package table has " +"several columns:</p>" msgstr "" #. part2 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:143 -msgid "<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" +msgid "" +"<ol><li>Package status (for more information see <i>Package Status and " +"Symbols</i>)</li> <li>Package name</li><li>Package summary</li><li>Available " +"version (in some of the configured repositories)</li> <li>Installed " +"version(empty for not yet installed packages)</li> <li>Package size</li></ol>" msgstr "" #. part3 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:151 -msgid "<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete a package or select an additional package for installation. The status change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Actions</b> menu below the table allows you to change the status " +"of a selected package (or all packages in the list), for example, to delete " +"a package or select an additional package for installation. The status " +"change can also be done directly by pressing the key specified in the menu " +"item (for detailed information about the package status, see <i>Package " +"Status and Symbols</i>).</p>" msgstr "" #. part4 of help text package installation #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:158 -msgid "<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Menu</b> provides functions related to the handling of package " +"dependencies. Display relevant information on packages or perform actions " +"like opening the repository editor. For more information, see <i>Useful " +"Functions in Menu</i>.</p>" msgstr "" #. the headline of the help window @@ -689,12 +730,20 @@ #. part 1 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:172 -msgid "<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The package status can be changed using the <i>Actions</i> menu or the " +"keys specified in the menu items. For example, use '+' to install an " +"additional package.</p><p>The \"Taboo\" status means the package should " +"never be installed. On the contrary, the \"Locked\" status means that the " +"installed version of a package should always be kept.</p>" msgstr "" #. part 2 of help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:179 -msgid "<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>You can also use <b>RET</b> or <b>SPACE</b> to toggle the package status. " +"The <i>Actions</i> menu also allows you to change the status for all " +"packages in the list (select 'All Listed Packages').</p>" msgstr "" #. part 3 of help text package status @@ -704,12 +753,20 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:192 -msgid "<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b> + </b>: package will be installed</p><p><b>a+ </b>: package will be " +"installed automatically</p><p><b> > </b>: package will be updated</" +"p><p><b>a> </b>: package will be automatically updated</p><p><b> i </b>: " +"package is installed</p><p><b> - </b>: package will be deleted</p><p><b>---" +"</b>: never install this package (taboo)</p>" msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:199 -msgid "<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it ( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>-i-</b>: keep the installed version and never update or delete it " +"( package locked )</p><p>Status information for pattern and languages:</" +"p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this pattern/language are satisfied</p>" msgstr "" #. label for an error popup @@ -719,27 +776,55 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:213 -msgid "<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties (repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Filter</b> allow you to filter all available packages according to the " +"selected criteria. Package filters are based on package properties " +"(repository, RPM group), package \"containers\" (patterns, languages), " +"package classification or search results. Select the desired filter from the " +"drop-down menu. Specific filters are described below.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:220 -msgid "<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have (for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Patterns</b> describe the features and functions a system should have " +"(for example, X server or Console tools). Each pattern contains a set of " +"packages it requires (must have), recommends (should have) and suggests (may " +"have). If you select a pattern for installation, update, or deletion, the " +"solver will run and change the status of subordinate packages accordingly.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:227 -msgid "<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific repository. </p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Languages</b> are package containers very much like patterns. They " +"contain packages with translations, dictionaries and other language-specific " +"files for a selected language. <b>RPM Groups</b> are not package containers " +"that can be installed. Instead, membership in a certain RPM group is a " +"property of the package itself. They have a hierarchical (tree) structure. " +"The <b>Repositories</b> filter displays packages available from a specific " +"repository. </p>" msgstr "" #. help text package search #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:234 -msgid "<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>To use the <b>Search</b> filter, enter a keyword (or part of keyword) for " +"the package search. For example, search for all 3D packages using the " +"expression \"3d\". You can also search in package descriptions, RPM provides " +"or requires. Select the appropriate check box and click the 'Search' button." +"</p>" msgstr "" #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:241 -msgid "<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter <b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, <i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The <b>Installation summary</b> presents an overview of packages whose " +"status has changed during this session (e.g. marked for installation or " +"removal), either by the user or automatically by the solver. The filter " +"<b>Package Classification</b> provides information about <i>Recommended</i>, " +"<i>Suggested</i>, <i>Orphaned</i> and <i>Unneeded</i> packages.</p>" msgstr "" #. label for an error popup @@ -748,31 +833,78 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:254 -msgid "<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are checked with every status change. You will be informed about package conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try Again'.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Dependencies:</b><br> This menu offers various actions related to the " +"handling of package dependencies. By default, package dependencies are " +"checked with every status change. You will be informed about package " +"conflicts in a dialog proposing possible conflict resolutions. To resolve " +"the conflict, select one of the offered solutions and press 'OK -- Try " +"Again'.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:260 -msgid "<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle <i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>To disable dependency checking on every status change, toggle " +"<i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> OFF. You can check dependencies manually " +"by selecting <i>Check Dependencies Now</i>. The <i>Verify system</i> entry " +"will check the dependencies of already installed packages and resolve " +"conflicts non-interactively, marking missing packages for automatic " +"installation if necessary. For debugging purposes, use <i>Generate " +"Dependency Solver Testcase</i>. It will dump package dependencies data into " +"the directory <tt>/var/log/YaST2/solverTestcase</tt>. This is usually what " +"you need when asked for a \"solver testcase\" in Bugzilla.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:267 -msgid "<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Available options for dependency checking are:<br><i>Automatic Dependency " +"Check</i> (see above), <i>Install Recommended Packages</i>: if ON, weak " +"dependencies will be honored, <i>System Verification Mode</i>: repair " +"dependencies of installed packages and solve immediately. Please note: after " +"checking the system with <i>Verify System Now</i> the option <i>System " +"Verification Mode</i> is ON (uncheck the option, if desired). These options " +"are saved in the YaST configuration file <tt>/etc/sysconfig/yast2</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:279 -msgid "<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Advanced options:<br> <i>Cleanup when deleting packages</i>: remove " +"dependent unused packages. <i>Allow vendor change</i>: package vendor may " +"differ from vendor of installed package. These options will not be saved, " +"they can only be set in the configuration file of the package library <tt>/" +"etc/zypp/zypp.conf</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:285 -msgid "<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>View:</b><br>Choose which information about the selected package will " +"be displayed in the window below the package table. Available options are: " +"package description, technical data (version, size, license etc.) package " +"versions (all available), file list (all files included in the package) and " +"dependencies (provides, requires etc.).</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:291 -msgid "<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package Installation</b> menu.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Configuration:</b><br>This menu integrates package selector with the " +"rest of package management utils. From here, you can <b>Launch Repository " +"Manager</b> and edit configured repositories or register to update " +"repository and configure periodic download of available updates (<b>Launch " +"Online Update Configuration</b>). Also, you can pick one of the three " +"possible behaviours of package selector at exit - in <b>Action after Package " +"Installation</b> menu.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:296 -msgid "<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted partition.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Extras:</b><br>Miscellaneous functions reside here. <i>Export Package " +"List to File</i> will dump data on installed packages, patterns and " +"languages into specified XML file. This file can be later read by <i>Import " +"Package List from File</i> option e.g. on different computer. It will bring " +"the set of packages on the target computer into the same state as described " +"in provided XML file. <i>Show Available Disk Space</i> will show a popup " +"table displaying disk usage and free disk space on currently mounted " +"partition.</p>" msgstr "" #. label of a frame with search settings @@ -970,27 +1102,57 @@ #. help text online udpate #. Do NOT translate 'recommended' and 'security'! because the patch kind is always shown as english text. #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:618 -msgid "<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in the feature.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>General information about patches:</p><p>The patches of kind <b>security</" +"b> are solving security issues and we highly recommend to install it. You " +"should also install <b>recommended</b> patches, they usually contain " +"important bug-fixes. Install <b>feature</b> patches if you are interested in " +"the feature.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:625 -msgid "<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second run.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Patches for \"libzypp\" (Package, Patch, Pattern and Product Management) " +"will always get installed first. Other patches must be installed on a second " +"run.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:632 -msgid "<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You have selected this patch for installation.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Meaning of the status flags:</p><p><b>a+ </b>: Patches concerning your " +"installation are preselected. They will be downloaded and installed on your " +"system. If you do not want a certain patch, deselect it with '-'.</p><p><b> " +"i </b>: All requirements of this patch are satisfied.</p><p><b> + </b>: You " +"have selected this patch for installation.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:639 -msgid "<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the patches are not wanted.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>More details about the status:<br>If there are several patches for a " +"package (or a set of packages) which aren't yet applied to the system all " +"got preselected and have status <b>a+</b>. If one of these patches is " +"deselected with '-' it might show the status <b>i</b> afterwards. This is " +"because any of the other patches concerning the same package(s) is still " +"selected. The newer version(s) of the package(s) will be installed and with " +"it this patch is satisfied. Deselecting of all patches is required if the " +"patches are not wanted.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text online udpate continue #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:646 -msgid "<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e.g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system.<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the 'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The menus:</p><p>The <b>Filter</b> menu allows to filter the patches, e." +"g. show the 'Installed' ones or list 'Security' patches. It also provides to " +"search for patches.<br>Use the <b>Actions</b> menu to change the status of a " +"patch.<br>The <b>View</b> menu offers the possibility to see which packages " +"are concerned by the patch. Please note: If the filter is 'All Patches' the " +"package list for some patches might be empty. This means no packages are " +"concerned because none of the patch packages is installed on the system." +"<br>The <b>Dependencies</b> menu contains dependencies checks and the " +"'Generate Solver Testcase' entry.</p>" msgstr "" #. label for a warning popup @@ -1036,7 +1198,9 @@ #. text for a Notify popup #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:728 -msgid "<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost.<br>Really exit?</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>All changes in the package, patch or pattern selection will be lost." +"<br>Really exit?</p>" msgstr "" #. the label of language table @@ -1085,7 +1249,13 @@ #. help text package status #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:797 -msgid "<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</p>" +msgid "" +"<b>Update Problem List</b><br><p>The packages in the list cannot be updated " +"automatically.</p><p>Possible reasons:</p><p>They are obsoleted by other " +"packages.</p><p>There is no newer version to which to update on any " +"installation media.</p><p>They are third-party packages</p><p>Manually " +"select what to do with them. The safest course of action is to delete them.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. column header source RPM installation (keep it short!) @@ -1117,13 +1287,21 @@ msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:845 -msgid "<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>You are trying to install multiversion-capable and non-multiversion-" +"capable versions of this package at the same time.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:854 -msgid "<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>This version is multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install " +"this version and unselect the non-multiversion-capable version, \"Cancel\" " +"to unselect this version and keep the other one.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/NCPkgStrings.cc:864 -msgid "<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" +msgid "" +"<p>This version is not multiversion-capable.</p><p>Press \"Continue\" to " +"install only this version and unselect all other versions, \"Cancel\" to " +"unselect this version and keep the other ones.<p>" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ncurses.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-01 02:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -121,25 +121,26 @@ #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network att" -"acks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated" -"\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " +"attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " +"dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " +"after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204 msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH" -"\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH ser" -"vice (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " +"SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " +"service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -208,7 +209,7 @@ #. Command line output Headline #. configuration of hosts -#: src/clients/host.rb:114 +#: src/clients/host.rb:112 msgid "Host Configuration Summary:" msgstr "" @@ -335,7 +336,8 @@ #. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist #: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:870 -msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." +msgid "" +"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed." msgstr "" #. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes @@ -345,9 +347,10 @@ "Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n" "This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n" "\n" -"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n" -"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration," -"\n" +"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any " +"steps\n" +"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network " +"configuration,\n" "click 'Cancel'.\n" msgstr "" @@ -380,7 +383,7 @@ #. For use with autoinstallation and proposal #. @param [String] mode if "proposal", NM dialog may be skipped #. @return sequence result -#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:96 +#: src/clients/lan.rb:57 src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:99 msgid "Network Card Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -696,8 +699,8 @@ #: src/clients/routing.rb:349 msgid "" -"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) m" -"ust be specified" +"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) " +"must be specified" msgstr "" #: src/clients/routing.rb:371 @@ -710,13 +713,13 @@ #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption #. interface summary: WiFi without encryption -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1340 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1458 msgid "Warning: no encryption is used." msgstr "" #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface #. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1342 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1460 msgid "Change." msgstr "" @@ -878,9 +881,17 @@ msgid "Configured as %1 with %2" msgstr "" +#. Return the device protocol or IP address in case of static config +#. Or indicate that NetworkManager takes over. +#. @param [Hash] devmap device map +#. @return textual device protocol +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:404 +msgid "Not configured" +msgstr "" + #. Abbreviation for "The interface is Managed by NetworkManager" #. ComboBox item -#: src/include/network/complex.rb:407 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 +#: src/include/network/complex.rb:406 src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:434 msgid "Managed" msgstr "" @@ -1035,22 +1046,18 @@ #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#. Pushbutton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102 -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "" #. PushButton label #. PushButton label #. PushButton label -#. Pushbutton label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:112 #: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144 #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104 -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "" @@ -1095,7 +1102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:193 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 msgid "Bridged Devices" msgstr "" @@ -1135,7 +1142,7 @@ #. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty()); #. else #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:290 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:813 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:806 msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)" msgstr "" @@ -1168,7 +1175,7 @@ #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:332 #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:207 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:330 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:326 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -1196,7 +1203,7 @@ msgstr "" #. validate device type, misdetection -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1030 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1023 msgid "" "You have changed the interface type from the one\n" "that has been detected. This only makes sense\n" @@ -1204,13 +1211,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1050 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1043 msgid "Configuration %1 already present." msgstr "" #. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing #. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1074 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1067 msgid "" "The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n" "in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n" @@ -1221,20 +1228,20 @@ #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1087 msgid "No valid IP address." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1101 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1094 msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1102 msgid "Invalid hostname." msgstr "" #. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1116 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1109 msgid "" "No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n" "a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n" @@ -1244,85 +1251,85 @@ msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1134 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1127 msgid "" "Duplicate IP address detected.\n" "Really continue?\n" msgstr "" #. Stores content of IFPLUGD_PRIORITY widget into internal variables -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1193 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1186 msgid "&General" msgstr "" #. TODO: "MANDATORY", -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1204 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197 msgid "Device Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1208 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1201 msgid "Firewall Zone" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1213 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206 msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)" msgstr "" #. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole #. tab set but not for one tab -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1223 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1216 msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>" msgstr "" #. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing #. shortcuts -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. Address tab help -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1293 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1286 msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292 msgid "&Hardware" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1306 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1299 msgid "&Bond Slaves" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1320 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1313 msgid "&Wireless" msgstr "" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1404 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1361 msgid "Ifplugd Priority" msgstr "" #. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be #. substituted as %1 -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1410 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1367 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n" -"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD" -"_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" -" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable " -"Connection</b>\n" -" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to" -"\n" +"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with " +"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n" +" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On " +"Cable Connection</b>\n" +" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have " +"to\n" " set the priority of each interface. </p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1493 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1450 msgid "Network Card Setup" msgstr "" #. Translators: Warn the user about not desired effect -#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1618 +#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1608 msgid "" "The interfaces selected share the same physical port and bonding them \n" "may not have the desired effect of redundancy.\n" @@ -1333,7 +1340,7 @@ msgstr "" #. remove all aliases (bnc#590167) -#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86 +#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:93 msgid "" "At least one selected device is already configured.\n" "Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n" @@ -1515,14 +1522,20 @@ msgstr "" #. list<map<string,any> > overview = (list<map<string,any> >)LanItems::Overview(); -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:89 +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:87 msgid "Use \"id\" option to determine device." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98 -msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"." +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:94 +msgid "Invalid value '%s' for \"id\" option." msgstr "" +#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:100 +msgid "" +"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of " +"\"id\"." +msgstr "" + #. Handler for action "add" #. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options #. Handler for action "edit" @@ -1628,8 +1641,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:232 msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script ne" -"eds to be executed. Execute it now?" +"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " +"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:246 @@ -1637,7 +1650,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:401 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:398 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1647,12 +1660,12 @@ msgstr "" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:453 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:450 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" msgstr "" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:484 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:481 src/include/network/widgets.rb:364 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "" @@ -1661,7 +1674,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:515 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:512 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "" @@ -1705,16 +1718,17 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " +"(for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:114 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify n" -"ow configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start " -"blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " +"now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will " +"start blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1722,26 +1736,26 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if ther" -"e is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list" -", but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " +"there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " +"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:134 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for " -"example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving." -"</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, " +"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " +"saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool w" -"ith these options.</p>\n" +"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " +"with these options.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 @@ -1917,26 +1931,26 @@ #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:963 msgid "" -"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces" -").</p>" +"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " +"spaces).</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled " -"for this interface.</p>" +"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be " +"enabled for this interface.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support.</p>" +"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support.</p>" +"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured " +"with layer 2 support.</p>" msgstr "" #. TextEntry label @@ -2092,8 +2106,8 @@ "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the respons" -"e \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " +"response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2115,8 +2129,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\"" -" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed." +"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 @@ -2136,8 +2150,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115 msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " -"not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone " +"is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2145,32 +2159,39 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " "client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assig" -"n \n" -"different hostnames.</p> " +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical " +"desktop. \n" +"Therefore, set this option to \"no\" if you connect to different networks " +"that assign \n" +"different hostnames. Otherwise you can specify a particular interface to use " +"or use a generic \"any\" \n" +"option. However this option can lead to strange behavior if you have a " +"multihomed system \n" +"connected to more DHCP networks.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a" -" \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" -"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " +"a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, " +"even \n" +"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, " +"especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:143 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2178,36 +2199,39 @@ msgstr "" #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" -"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n" +"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search " +"domains\n" "(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:156 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS " -"domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially importa" -"nt if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the" -" <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the " +"DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " +"important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " +"the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " +"handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" -"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" +"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for " +"most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:171 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2221,29 +2245,29 @@ #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address t" -"o this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " +"to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.<" -"/p>\n" +"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:192 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:196 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" @@ -2251,49 +2275,49 @@ msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:202 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroc" -"onf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " +"Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:209 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your" -" computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " +"your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:216 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your comput" -"er (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" -"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written t" -"o <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " +"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix " +"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " +"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:222 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:224 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2304,95 +2328,97 @@ "the firewall will be disabled.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:240 msgid "" -"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports fa" -"ilure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " +"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" "transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n" "set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n" -"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n" +"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the " +"recommended\n" "values or define another one.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Add" -"ress Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " +"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" -"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" +"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for " +"each\n" "DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n" "identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n" "network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>" msgstr "" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:267 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " -"Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP " +"server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>" -"\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAM" -"E</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</" +"b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/" +"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:276 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:280 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:282 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:286 msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and le" -"gacy. The total\n" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " +"legacy. The total\n" "length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 c" -"haracters.</p>" +"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 " +"characters.</p>" msgstr "" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:292 msgid "" -"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</" -"b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter " +"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:297 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2409,13 +2435,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:314 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:317 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2424,19 +2450,19 @@ "acts as an access point).</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:324 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication " -"mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> " +"authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:333 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -2449,15 +2475,15 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access" -")\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " +"Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:351 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -2467,7 +2493,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:359 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -2477,17 +2503,18 @@ "easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:367 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:368 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:370 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " +"all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -2509,7 +2536,7 @@ #. Popup::Error text #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:251 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:375 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:371 msgid "The IP address is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -2577,8 +2604,8 @@ "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p" -">\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry label @@ -2600,8 +2627,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair" -"\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " +"pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" @@ -2818,7 +2845,8 @@ msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " +"access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2899,7 +2927,8 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979 msgid "" "<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n" -"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n" +"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four " +"keys,\n" "although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n" "The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n" "one key.</p>" @@ -2954,7 +2983,8 @@ #. validated in ValidateWpaEap #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1257 msgid "" -"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" +"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in " +"connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" @@ -3010,7 +3040,7 @@ msgid "WPA-EAP Details" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/wizards.rb:100 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -3020,49 +3050,49 @@ msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:66 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration With Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:74 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration Without Session Management" msgstr "" #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:82 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:99 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</tt>)." -"</p>\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>https://<hostname>:%2/</" +"tt>).</p>\n" "<p>Without Session Management, only one user can be connected\n" "at a time to a session, and that session is terminated when the VNC client\n" -"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with a" -" single\n" +"disconnects.</p><p>With Session Management, multiple users can interact with " +"a single\n" "session, and the session may persist even if noone is connected.</p>" msgstr "" #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:123 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:140 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:158 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3081,7 +3111,7 @@ #. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion #. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first) #. @return a list of items -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:206 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "" @@ -3091,162 +3121,177 @@ #. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup #. #. returns true if items were disabled -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:868 msgid "" "Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" "or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:893 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:928 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:897 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:932 msgid "Modems" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:901 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:936 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:905 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:940 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:910 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:945 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "" +#. Returns a generic message informing user that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME +#. setup was detected. +#. +#. @param [Array<String>] list of incorrectly configured devices +#. @return [String] a message stating that incorrect DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME setup was detected +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:956 +msgid "" +"More than one interface asks to control the hostname via DHCP.\n" +"If you keep the current settings, the behavior is non-deterministic.\n" +"\n" +"Involved configuration files:\n" +"%s\n" +msgstr "" + #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92 -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:387 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:80 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:383 msgid "The hostname is invalid." msgstr "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:111 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:97 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:127 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:112 msgid "The domain name is invalid." msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:134 -msgid "&Change Hostname via DHCP" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:119 +msgid "Set Hostname via DHCP" msgstr "" -#. checkbox label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:133 msgid "&Assign Hostname to Loopback IP" msgstr "" -#. help -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:151 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:139 msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:142 msgid "Only Manually" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:143 msgid "Use Default Policy" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:156 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:144 msgid "Use Custom Policy" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:167 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:155 msgid "&Custom Policy Rule" msgstr "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:177 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:164 msgid "Name Server &1" msgstr "" #. validation error popup -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:193 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:180 msgid "The IP address of the name server is invalid." msgstr "" -#. textentry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:201 +#. NAMESERVER_2 and NAMESERVER_3 are cloned in the dialog function +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:187 msgid "Do&main Search" msgstr "" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:228 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:212 msgid "Name Server &2" msgstr "" -#. text entry label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:213 msgid "Name Server &3" msgstr "" -#. Frame label -#. dialog caption -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677 -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:217 msgid "Hostname and Domain Name" msgstr "" -#. Frame label -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 +#. global help, init, store for all dialog +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234 msgid "Name Servers and Domain Search List" msgstr "" -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:268 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:251 msgid "Hostname/DNS" msgstr "" -#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME. -#. enable or disable: is DHCP available? -#. @param [String] key the widget receiving the event -#. @param event the event being handled -#. @return nil so that the dialog loops on -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:442 -msgid "No interface with dhcp" +#. Init handler for DHCP_HOSTNAME +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:434 +msgid "keep current settings" msgstr "" +#. translators: no device selected placeholder +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:439 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: placeholder for "set hostname via any DHCP aware device" +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:441 +msgid "yes: any" +msgstr "" + +#. translators: label is in form yes: <device name> +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:445 +msgid "yes: %s" +msgstr "" + #. Validator for domain name, no_popup #. @param [String] key the widget being validated #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:524 msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " -"at your own risk?" +"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use " +"it at your own risk?" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:542 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:548 msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters." msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:557 msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid." msgstr "" #. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately #. via CWMTab -#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718 +#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:692 msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3293,12 +3338,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:340 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:336 msgid "Hos&t Aliases" msgstr "" #. Popup::Error text -#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:403 +#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:399 msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid." msgstr "" @@ -3371,26 +3416,6 @@ msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "" -#. Pushbutton label -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:67 -msgid "A&dd" -msgstr "" - -#. Pushbutton label (different shortcut) -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:74 -msgid "&Add" -msgstr "" - -#. Pushbutton label (different shortcut) -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:76 -msgid "Ed&it" -msgstr "" - -#. Pushbutton label (different shortcut) -#: src/include/network/summary.rb:78 -msgid "Dele&te" -msgstr "" - #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:54 msgid "&Dial Prefix Regular Expression" @@ -3400,7 +3425,8 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57 msgid "" "<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n" -"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n" +"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the " +"expression.\n" "A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n" "and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n" "to change the prefix.</p>\n" @@ -3497,10 +3523,10 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this star" -"tmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still ava" -"ilable.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " +"startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " +"available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" @@ -3514,8 +3540,8 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activate" -"s it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " +"activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3597,8 +3623,7 @@ msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "" -#. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 src/modules/Lan.rb:787 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:404 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "" @@ -3651,34 +3676,34 @@ #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24 msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply th" -"e settings." +"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " +"the settings." msgstr "" #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:86 msgid "Device Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:99 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:92 msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:108 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:114 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:107 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "" #. check if the name is assigned to another device already -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:151 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:144 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:155 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:148 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "" @@ -3689,7 +3714,7 @@ #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:537 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "" @@ -3712,7 +3737,7 @@ #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:625 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:606 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "" @@ -3748,374 +3773,392 @@ msgstr "" #. Check if there is anything to do -#: src/modules/Host.rb:165 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:144 msgid "Update /etc/hosts" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Host.rb:167 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:146 msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration" msgstr "" -#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards -#: src/modules/Host.rb:172 +#: src/modules/Host.rb:150 msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..." msgstr "" #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:276 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:254 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:267 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:269 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:273 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:277 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:279 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:303 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:281 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:305 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:283 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:319 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "" #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:316 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" "Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:324 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:360 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:338 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:346 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:353 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:362 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:391 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:398 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:377 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:383 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:389 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "" #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:416 src/modules/Lan.rb:646 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:395 src/modules/Lan.rb:627 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:422 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "" #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:509 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:490 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:497 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:499 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:501 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:503 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:511 src/modules/Remote.rb:201 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:534 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "" #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:550 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:555 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:536 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:561 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:542 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:567 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:548 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:575 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:556 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:588 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:569 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 8 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:596 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:577 src/modules/Remote.rb:215 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:606 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:623 msgid "No network running" msgstr "" -#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings -#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) -#. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 +#. header for network summary list +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:732 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:764 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:737 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "" -#. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766 -msgid "Disable NetworkManager" +#. switch from network manager to wicked +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:739 +msgid "switch to Wicked" msgstr "" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:770 -msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:743 +msgid "Traditional network setup with Wicked" msgstr "" -#. enable NetworkManager applet -#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:773 -msgid "Enable NetworkManager" +#. switch from wicked to network manager +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:745 +msgid "switch to NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:779 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:751 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781 -msgid "Disable IPv6" +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:753 +msgid "disable" msgstr "" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:785 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:757 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "" +#. enable ipv6 support +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:759 +msgid "enable" +msgstr "" + #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:202 msgid "connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:203 msgid "datagram" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1237 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1241 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1245 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1339 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1343 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1347 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1249 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1253 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1257 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1359 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "" -#. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1275 +#. Creates details for device's overview based on ip configuration type +#. +#. Produces list of strings. Strings are intended for "bullet" list, e.g.: +#. * <string1> +#. * <string2> +#. +#. @param [Hash] dev_map a device's sysconfig map (in form "option" => "value") +#. @return [Array] list of strings, one string is intended for one "bullet" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1395 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1279 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1399 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1282 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "" #. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306 -msgid "Not configured" -msgstr "" - #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1328 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1446 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1502 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 -msgid "Bonding slaves" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1471 +msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363 -msgid "enslaved in %s" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1474 +msgid "Bridge" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1364 -msgid "Bonding master" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1476 +msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1490 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1491 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1396 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1508 msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) i" -"s not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). S" -"ee dmesg output for details." +"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " +"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan " +"devices). See dmesg output for details." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1514 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1409 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1521 msgid "unknown" msgstr "" +#. Returns a formated string with the interfaces that are part of a bridge +#. or of a bond interface. +#. +#. @param [String] ifcfg_type +#. @param [String] ifcfg_name +#. @return [String] formated string with the interface type and the interfaces enslaved +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2547 +msgid "Bonding slaves" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:2550 +msgid "Bridge Ports" +msgstr "" + #. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before #. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall #: src/modules/Remote.rb:158 Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -133,8 +133,8 @@ "<p><b>Firewall Settings</b><br>\n" "To open the firewall to allow accessing the 'ypbind' service\n" "from remote computers, set <b>Open Port in Firewall</b>.\n" -"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</b>." -"\n" +"To select interfaces on which to open the port, click <b>Firewall Details</" +"b>.\n" "This option is only available if the firewall is enabled.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -148,18 +148,19 @@ #. help text for netconfig part #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:244 msgid "" -"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it is\n" -"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined here" -"\n" +"<p>Select the way how the NIS configuration will be modified. Normally, it " +"is\n" +"handled by the netconfig script, which merges the data statically defined " +"here\n" "with dynamically obtained data (e.g. from DHCP client, NetworkManager\n" "etc.). This is the Default Policy and sufficient for most configurations. \n" -"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to modify" -"\n" +"By choosing Only Manual Changes, netconfig will no longer be allowed to " +"modify\n" "the configuration. You can, however, edit the file manually. By choosing\n" "Custom Policy, you can specify a custom policy string, which consists of a\n" "space-separated list of interface names, including wildcards, with\n" -"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, see" -"\n" +"STATIC/STATIC_FALLBACK as predefined special values. For more information, " +"see\n" "the netconfig manual page.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -182,8 +183,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:279 msgid "" -"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in NFS" -" Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</p>" +"<p>NFS Settings which affects how the automounter operates could be set in " +"NFS Client, which can be configured using <b>NFS Configuration</b> button.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. radio button label @@ -310,18 +312,18 @@ #. help text 1/4 #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:676 msgid "" -"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is usi" -"ng. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local host" -".</p>" +"<p>Normally, it is possible for any host to query which server a client is " +"using. Disabling <b>Answer Remote Hosts</b> restricts this only to the local " +"host.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 2/4 #. Check, ie. turn on a check box #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:684 msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an unprivileg" -"ed port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better to replace " -"such a server.</p>" +"<p>Check <b>Broken server</b> if answers from servers running on an " +"unprivileged port should be accepted. It is a security risk and it is better " +"to replace such a server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text 3/4 @@ -397,8 +399,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/nis/ui.rb:987 msgid "" -"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server.<" -"/p>" +"<p>The Service Location Protocol (<b>SLP</b>) can be used to find NIS server." +"</p>" msgstr "" #. dialog label @@ -463,8 +465,7 @@ #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Nis.rb:647 -msgid "" -"The automounter package will be installed.\n" +msgid "The automounter package will be installed.\n" msgstr "" #. summary: Domain or servers are retrieved by the @@ -515,47 +516,52 @@ msgid "Client Enabled" msgstr "" +#. 0 OK, 1 mean no domain name set, so no nis, do not report it +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:914 +msgid "Getting domain name via ypdomainname failed with '%s'" +msgstr "" + #. dialog label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1210 msgid "Writing NIS Configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1215 msgid "Stop services" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1213 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 msgid "Start services" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1217 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 msgid "Stopping services..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1223 msgid "Starting services..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1221 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1225 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1231 msgid "Writing NIS client settings" msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1256 msgid "Error while running ypclient." msgstr "" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1260 +#: src/modules/Nis.rb:1264 msgid "NIS server not found." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-24 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-24 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -25,29 +25,31 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:90 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using t" -"he selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the" -" <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using " +"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable " +"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>" msgstr "" #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started a" -"s daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The def" -"ault interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast" -"2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" +"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started " +"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The " +"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the " +"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:110 -msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. help text, cont. #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:119 msgid "" -"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is co" -"nfigured.</p>" +"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is " +"configured.</p>" msgstr "" #. translators: error popup @@ -82,25 +84,25 @@ msgstr "" #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:379 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:378 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." msgstr "" #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:391 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:389 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "" #. update time widgets -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:437 msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." msgstr "" #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:468 msgid "" "Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" "If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" @@ -488,12 +490,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1492 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:320 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1488 msgid "Local NTP Server" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1493 +#: src/include/ntp-client/dialogs.rb:364 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1489 msgid "Public NTP Server" msgstr "" @@ -598,8 +602,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" -"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be activat" -"ed\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the NTP daemon will not be " +"activated\n" "and the system time will be set periodically by a <i>cron</i> script. \n" "The interval is configurable, by default it is %d minutes." msgstr "" @@ -616,12 +620,12 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote ho" -"sts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" -"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</t" -"t> file and to localhost.<br> \n" -"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This opt" -"ion is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" +"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote " +"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" +"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</" +"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n" +"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This " +"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text 3/5 @@ -639,8 +643,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" -"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronizatio" -"n\n" +"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new " +"synchronization\n" "peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n" "select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -656,8 +660,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against" -"\n" +"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or " +"against\n" "a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>." msgstr "" @@ -680,8 +684,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" -"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link " -"to \n" +"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic " +"link to \n" "the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n" "<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n" "click <b>Browse</b>.\n" @@ -751,7 +755,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:152 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" -"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" +"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in " +"the\n" "<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -760,8 +765,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" -"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the r" -"emote\n" +"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the " +"remote\n" "host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n" "nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n" "<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n" @@ -832,8 +837,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:210 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" -"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To displ" -"ay\n" +"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To " +"display\n" "NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -863,9 +868,10 @@ msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" -"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n" -"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that" -"\n" +"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names " +"are\n" +"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means " +"that\n" "your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -873,10 +879,10 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:247 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" -"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibratio" -"n\n" -"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particula" -"r\n" +"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various " +"calibration\n" +"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the " +"particular\n" "driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -884,8 +890,8 @@ #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:254 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" -"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i" -">.</p>\n" +"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</" +"i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. yes-no popup @@ -932,44 +938,44 @@ msgstr "" #. popup header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1037 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1033 msgid "Select the Device" msgstr "" #. selection box header #. selection box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1101 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1734 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1097 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1726 msgid "Public NTP &Servers" msgstr "" #. message report (no server selected) #. report message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1112 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1108 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1187 msgid "Select an NTP server." msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1139 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1135 msgid "All Countries" msgstr "" #. combo box header #. combo box header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1146 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1724 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1142 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1716 msgid "&Country" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Busy message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1212 msgid "Scanning for NTP servers on your network..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. #. There is a very high possibility that is is because of running firewall. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1231 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1227 msgid "" "No NTP server has been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -977,205 +983,205 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Popup error - no NTP server has been found during scanning the network. -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1240 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1236 msgid "No NTP server has been found on your network." msgstr "" #. combo box label #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1251 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1516 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1247 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1512 msgid "Address" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1309 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1305 msgid "No server is selected." msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1347 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1343 msgid "A&ddress" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1356 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1352 msgid "Ad&vanced Configuration" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1367 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1363 msgid "&Driver Calibration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1377 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1373 msgid "&Interval of the Synchronization in Minutes" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1388 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1384 msgid "Start NTP Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1387 msgid "Only &Manually" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1393 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1389 msgid "&Synchronize without Daemon" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1395 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1391 msgid "Now and on &Boot" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1410 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1406 msgid "Run NTP Daemon in Chroot &Jail" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1422 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1418 msgid "&Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only " msgstr "" #. combo box item FIXME usability -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1430 msgid "Manual" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1432 msgid "Auto" msgstr "" #. combo box item -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1438 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1434 msgid "Custom" msgstr "" -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1440 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1436 msgid "&Runtime Configuration Policy" msgstr "" #. FIXME -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1448 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1444 msgid "&Custom Policy" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1456 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1452 msgid "&Use Random Servers from pool.ntp.org" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1465 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1483 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1682 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1461 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1479 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1674 msgid "&Address" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1490 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1486 msgid "&Select..." msgstr "" #. push button #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1501 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1761 -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1772 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1497 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1753 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1764 msgid "&Test" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1514 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1510 msgid "Synchronization Type" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1529 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1525 msgid "Display &Log..." msgstr "" #. combo box label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1554 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1550 msgid "Clock &Type" msgstr "" #. int field -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1565 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1561 msgid "Unit &Number" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1575 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1571 msgid "Create &Symlink" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1599 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1591 msgid "&Device" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1624 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1616 msgid "Access Control Options" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1628 msgid "&Server" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1638 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1630 msgid "&Peer" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1640 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1632 msgid "&Radio Clock" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1642 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1634 msgid "&Outgoing Broadcast" msgstr "" #. radio button, NTP relationship type -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1644 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1636 msgid "&Incoming Broadcast" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1647 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1639 msgid "Type" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1661 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1653 msgid "Loc&al Network" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1663 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1655 msgid "&Public NTP Server" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1668 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1660 msgid "NTP Server Location" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1692 +#: src/include/ntp-client/widgets.rb:1684 msgid "&Lookup" msgstr "" @@ -1197,58 +1203,58 @@ #. changes, so call it always. bnc#476951 #. progress step #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:494 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:627 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1031 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1055 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:516 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:646 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1061 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1085 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:704 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:729 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "" #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:710 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:735 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:716 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:741 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:720 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:724 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:749 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:732 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:757 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:773 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:752 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:777 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "" #. summary string, FIXME: too generic! -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:780 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "" @@ -1257,75 +1263,75 @@ #. @param [Symbol] verbosity `no_ui: ..., `transient_popup: pop up while scanning, #. `result_popup: also final pop up about the result #. @return [Boolean] true if NTP server answers properly -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:809 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "" #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:817 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:846 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "" #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:821 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:850 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "" #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:839 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:868 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" msgstr "" #. Start a new progress for Read NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1046 msgid "Initializing NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1023 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 msgid "Read NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1027 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1029 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1059 msgid "Reading NTP settings..." msgstr "" #. Start a new progress for Write NTP Configuration -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1040 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1070 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1045 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1075 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1047 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1077 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1081 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1053 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1083 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "" @@ -1333,11 +1339,11 @@ #. error if some of the call fails. #. #. @return [Boolean] true if write and update success -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1103 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1149 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1135 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1181 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-29 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -59,93 +59,12 @@ msgid "Could not read package information." msgstr "" -#. explanation text for GNOME -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:55 -msgid "" -"GNOME is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" -"environment that uses Evolution as mailer,\n" -"Firefox as browser, and Nautilus as file manager.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. explanation text for KDE -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:63 -msgid "" -"KDE is a powerful and intuitive desktop\n" -"environment that uses Kontact as mailer,\n" -"Dolphin as file manager, and offers\n" -"both Firefox and Konqueror as Web browsers.\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:71 -msgid "" -"<p>Both <b>KDE</b> and <b>GNOME</b> are powerful and intuitive\n" -"desktop environments. They combine ease of use\n" -"and attractive graphical interfaces with their\n" -"own sets of perfectly integrated applications.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Choosing the default <b>GNOME</b> or <b>KDE</b> desktop\n" -"environment installs a broad set of the\n" -"most important desktop applications on your\n" -"system.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:85 -msgid "" -"<p>Choose <b>Other</b> then select from\n" -"an alternative, such as a text-only system or a minimal graphical\n" -"system with a basic window manager.</p>" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:97 -msgid "&KDE" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:124 -msgid "&GNOME" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:162 -msgid "&Other" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:185 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. by default, nothing is selected, enabling next -#. handling [Next] button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:220 -msgid "" -"No desktop was selected. Select the\n" -"desktop to install." -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:273 -msgid "&Minimal Graphical System" -msgstr "" - -#. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_desktop.rb:282 -msgid "&Text Mode" -msgstr "" - #. an error popup #. an error popup #. an error popup #. an error popup -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:461 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:544 -#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:620 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:377 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:460 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:536 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:593 msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." msgstr "" @@ -170,9 +89,10 @@ #. force minimum width #. table header - name of the repo #. table header - name of the repo -#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716 +#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:719 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:732 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -192,25 +112,25 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup header #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:268 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1346 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:273 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1351 msgid "Aborting Configuration of Online Repository" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:270 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1348 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:275 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1353 msgid "Are you sure you want to abort the configuration?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:307 msgid "Network is not configured." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:304 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:309 msgid "" "Online sources defined by product require an Internet connection.\n" "\n" @@ -218,63 +138,63 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:646 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:651 msgid "Check network configuration" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:648 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 msgid "Download list of online repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:653 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:658 msgid "Checking network configuration..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:655 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:660 msgid "Downloading list of online repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:664 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 msgid "Initialize the repository manager" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:669 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:674 msgid "Initializing the repository manager..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:679 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:684 msgid "Reading List of Online Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:685 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:690 msgid "" "<p>The packager is being initialized and \n" "the list of servers downloaded from the Web.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:717 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:722 msgid "" "Cannot download list of repositories,\n" "no network configured." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: light-warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:795 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:800 msgid "" "No product URL defined from which to download\n" "list of repositories.\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning message -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:809 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:814 msgid "" "Unable to download list of repositories\n" "or no repositories defined." @@ -283,12 +203,12 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: HTML-formatted summary text #. %1 is replaced with "Yes" (currently only "Yes") #. see *4 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:915 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:920 msgid "<b>Recommended:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: used for "Recommended: Yes" (see *4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:917 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:922 msgid "Yes" msgstr "" @@ -299,7 +219,7 @@ #. %3 is replaced with a summary text for the selected repository #. %4 is replaced with a description text for the selected repository #. %5 is replaced with an emty string or "Recommended: Yes" (*4) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:929 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:934 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>URL:</b> %1<br>\n" @@ -311,60 +231,61 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1237 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1242 msgid "List of Online Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: push button #. push button -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1244 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1249 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:111 msgid "&Filter" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: multi-selection box -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1254 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1259 msgid "&List of Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Rich-text widget (HTML) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1260 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1265 msgid "Repository Description" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1264 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 msgid "" "<p>List of default online repositories.\n" "Click on a repository for details.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1274 msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p" -">\n" +"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1283 msgid "<p>To remove a used repository, simply deselect it.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1374 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1379 msgid "Writing List of Online Repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:95 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1385 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" msgstr "" @@ -374,46 +295,46 @@ #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1472 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1496 -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1514 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1477 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1501 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1519 msgid "Adding repository %1 failed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1591 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1596 msgid "Delete deselected online repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1593 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1598 msgid "Deleting deselected online repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1601 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 msgid "Add all selected online repositories" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1606 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1611 msgid "Adding all selected online repositories..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1615 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1620 msgid "Add repository: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: progress step, #. %1 is replaced with repository name or URL -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1624 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1629 msgid "Adding repository: %1 ..." msgstr "" #. less than LOW_MEMORY_MIB RAM -#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1736 +#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1741 msgid "" "Low memory detected.\n" "\n" @@ -451,8 +372,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST p" -"rofile." +"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " +"profile." msgstr "" #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area @@ -470,8 +391,8 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:688 +#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1505 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:699 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" @@ -495,413 +416,26 @@ msgid "&Media" msgstr "" -#. default (minimal) priority of a repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58 -msgid "&Priority" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60 -msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" -msgstr "" - -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line inte" -"rface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" - -#. pad to 3 characters -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169 -msgid "Default" -msgstr "" - -#. unkown name (alias) of the source -#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, -#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264 -msgid "Unknown Name" -msgstr "" - -#. displaye only repositories from the selected service -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 -msgid "Unknown" -msgstr "" - -#. label to be used instead of URL if not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1351 -msgid "URL: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables -#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342 -msgid "Raw URL: %s" -msgstr "" - -#. heading - in case repo name not found -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372 -msgid "Unknown Repository Name" -msgstr "" - -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382 -msgid "Category: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392 -msgid "Service: %1" -msgstr "" - -#. #176013 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640 -msgid "All repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643 -msgid "All services" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652 -msgid "Service '%1'" -msgstr "" - -#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only -#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also -#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE -#. within product subscription. -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 -msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" -msgstr "" - -#. combobox label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681 -msgid "View" -msgstr "" - -#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696 -msgid "Priority" -msgstr "" - -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! -#. status info, to be used inside summary -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 -msgid "Enabled" -msgstr "" - -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? -#. keep the translation as short as possible! -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714 -msgid "Autorefresh" -msgstr "" - -#. table header - service to which the repo belongs -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "" - -#. table header - URL of the repo -#. table header - URL of the repo -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718 -msgid "URL" -msgstr "" - -#. push button - change URL of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818 -msgid "&Replace..." -msgstr "" - -#. push button - refresh the selected repository now -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820 -msgid "Re&fresh Selected" -msgstr "" - -#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822 -msgid "Status &on or off" -msgstr "" - -#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824 -msgid "Refre&sh on or off" -msgstr "" - -#. push button - set name of the selected repository -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826 -msgid "Set &Name..." -msgstr "" - -#. label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833 -msgid "Properties" -msgstr "" - -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838 -msgid "&Enabled" -msgstr "" - -#. check box -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844 -msgid "Automatically &Refresh" -msgstr "" - -#. push button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882 -msgid "&GPG Keys..." -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 -msgid "Refresh" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891 -msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" -msgstr "" - -#. menu button label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893 -msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" -msgstr "" - -#. dialog caption -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900 -msgid "Configured Software Repositories" -msgstr "" - -#. help -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol fo" -"r package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repo" -"sitories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or" -" service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " -"at the entered location.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" -"have the CD set or the DVD available.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" -"and then used as a repository.\n" -"Insert the path name where the first\n" -"CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" -"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" -"into one directory.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh st" -"atus at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the ch" -"eck boxes below.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " -"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in mor" -"e repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in reposi" -"tories and services.</P>" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" -"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after install" -"ation.</P>" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages" -"</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message part 1 -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034 -msgid "" -"Unable to save changes to the repository\n" -"configuration." -msgstr "" - -#. popup message part 2 followed by other info -#. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 -msgid "Details:" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message part 3 -#. end of popup message, question -#. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1315 -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 -msgid "Try again?" -msgstr "" - -#. popup headline -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059 -msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061 -msgid "" -"Abort the repository configuration?\n" -"All changes will be lost." -msgstr "" - -#. refresh also the combobox widget -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364 -msgid "" -"There is no service at URL:\n" -"%1" -msgstr "" - -#. TODO: add help text -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475 -msgid "Refreshing Repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476 -msgid "Refreshing Services" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481 -msgid "Refresh Repositories" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482 -msgid "Refresh Services" -msgstr "" - -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514 -msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." -msgstr "" - -#. refreshing services -#. progress bar label -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540 -msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559 -msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" -msgstr "" - -#. yes-no popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573 -msgid "" -"Delete service %1\n" -"and its repositories?" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641 -msgid "" -"For the selected repository, refresh\n" -"cannot be set." -msgstr "" - -#. popup question, %1 is repository URL -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803 -msgid "" -"Repository %1\n" -"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" -"\n" -"Really add the repository again?" -msgstr "" - -#. Error popup -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871 -msgid "" -"<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" -msgstr "" - #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:93 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:48 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:67 msgid "The software proposal is reset to the default values." msgstr "" #. warning text #. warning text -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:77 +msgid "" +"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "" -#. this is a heading -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "Software" -msgstr "" - -#. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:147 -msgid "&Software" -msgstr "" - #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interfac" -"e, use '%1' instead." +"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. error message (%1 is a package file name) @@ -1027,7 +561,8 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgid "" +"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." msgstr "" #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1054,16 +589,16 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should" -" check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " +"should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>" -"\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</" +"B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " @@ -1072,9 +607,10 @@ #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation." -"\n" -"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " +"installation.\n" +"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 5/8 @@ -1087,23 +623,24 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</" -"P>" +"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system." +"</P>" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boo" -"t menu.</P>" +"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " +"boot menu.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording" -"\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " +"recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</" +"P>\n" msgstr "" #. advice check of the media @@ -1297,42 +834,42 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79 msgid "Adding a New Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83 msgid "Check Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84 msgid "Add Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85 msgid "Read Repository License" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88 msgid "Checking Repository Type" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89 msgid "Adding Repository" msgstr "" -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:92 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90 msgid "Reading Repository License" msgstr "" #. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available) -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:156 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:146 msgid "Repository" msgstr "" #. continue-back popup #. continue-back popup -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:228 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:194 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330 msgid "" "There is no product information available at the given location.\n" @@ -1344,37 +881,458 @@ #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:323 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1302 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1206 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:335 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:299 msgid "" "Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n" "Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side." msgstr "" #. popup message part 2 -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:345 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:309 msgid "Change the URL and try again?" msgstr "" #. popup error message, %1 is the package name -#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:422 +#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:386 msgid "" "Cannot search for SLP repositories\n" "without having %1 package installed.\n" msgstr "" #. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title -#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:55 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/pkg_finish.rb:57 msgid "Saving the software manager configuration..." msgstr "" +#. default (minimal) priority of a repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:63 +msgid "&Priority" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:65 +msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages" +msgstr "" + +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:80 +msgid "" +"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "" + +#. pad to 3 characters +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:174 +msgid "Default" +msgstr "" + +#. unkown name (alias) of the source +#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter, +#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:204 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:269 +msgid "Unknown Name" +msgstr "" + +#. displaye only repositories from the selected service +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:339 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:340 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:382 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:388 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436 +msgid "Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. label to be used instead of URL if not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:342 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:381 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1366 +msgid "URL: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables +#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:347 +msgid "Raw URL: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. heading - in case repo name not found +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:377 +msgid "Unknown Repository Name" +msgstr "" + +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:387 +msgid "Category: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM) +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:397 +msgid "Service: %1" +msgstr "" + +#. #176013 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:656 +msgid "All repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:659 +msgid "All services" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:668 +msgid "Service '%1'" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only +#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also +#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE +#. within product subscription. +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:685 +msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service" +msgstr "" + +#. combobox label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:697 +msgid "View" +msgstr "" + +#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:712 +msgid "Priority" +msgstr "" + +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible! +#. status info, to be used inside summary +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:714 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:727 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo? +#. keep the translation as short as possible! +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:717 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:730 +msgid "Autorefresh" +msgstr "" + +#. table header - service to which the repo belongs +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:721 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#. table header - URL of the repo +#. table header - URL of the repo +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:723 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:734 +msgid "URL" +msgstr "" + +#. push button - change URL of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:834 +msgid "&Replace..." +msgstr "" + +#. push button - refresh the selected repository now +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:836 +msgid "Re&fresh Selected" +msgstr "" + +#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:838 +msgid "Status &on or off" +msgstr "" + +#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:840 +msgid "Refre&sh on or off" +msgstr "" + +#. push button - set name of the selected repository +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:842 +msgid "Set &Name..." +msgstr "" + +#. label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:849 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:854 +msgid "&Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. check box +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:860 +msgid "Automatically &Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. push button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:898 +msgid "&GPG Keys..." +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:903 +msgid "Refresh" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:907 +msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed" +msgstr "" + +#. menu button label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:909 +msgid "Refresh all &Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. dialog caption +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:916 +msgid "Configured Software Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. help +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:919 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:925 +msgid "" +"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " +"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " +"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</" +"P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:932 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " +"or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is " +"available at the entered location.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:944 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n" +"have the CD set or the DVD available.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:955 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n" +"and then used as a repository.\n" +"Insert the path name where the first\n" +"CD is located, for example, /data1/<b>CD1</b>.\n" +"Only the base path is required if all CDs are copied\n" +"into one directory.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:971 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " +"use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " +"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use " +"the check boxes below.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:983 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest " +"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is " +"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is " +"used.</P>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:991 +msgid "" +"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " +"repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:999 +msgid "" +"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" +"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " +"installation.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1005 +msgid "" +"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/" +"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message part 1 +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1050 +msgid "" +"Unable to save changes to the repository\n" +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. popup message part 2 followed by other info +#. popup message, after message header, header of details +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1056 src/modules/Packages.rb:1211 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message part 3 +#. end of popup message, question +#. end of popup message, question +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1058 src/modules/Packages.rb:1219 +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 +msgid "Try again?" +msgstr "" + +#. popup headline +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1075 +msgid "Abort Repository Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1077 +msgid "" +"Abort the repository configuration?\n" +"All changes will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#. TODO: add help text +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1256 +msgid "Refreshing Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1257 +msgid "Refreshing Services" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1262 +msgid "Refresh Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1263 +msgid "Refresh Services" +msgstr "" + +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1295 +msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..." +msgstr "" + +#. refreshing services +#. progress bar label +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1321 +msgid "Refreshing Service %1..." +msgstr "" + +#. popup question, %1 is repository URL +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1463 +msgid "" +"Repository %1\n" +"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n" +"\n" +"Really add the repository again?" +msgstr "" + +#. Error popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1531 +msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the service view +#. @param [Integer] current index of the selected item in the table +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1609 +msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1615 +msgid "" +"Delete service %1\n" +"and its repositories?" +msgstr "" + +#. Handle the "Delete" button in the repository view +#. @param [Integer] global_current index of the repository in the @sourceStatesOut +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1635 +msgid "" +"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be removed." +msgstr "" + +#. yes-no popup +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1639 +msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?" +msgstr "" + +#. popup message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1700 +msgid "" +"For the selected repository, refresh\n" +"cannot be set." +msgstr "" + +#. refresh also the combobox widget +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:1982 +msgid "" +"There is no service at URL:\n" +"%1" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2023 +msgid "The services of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: An error message +#: src/lib/packager/clients/repositories.rb:2030 +msgid "" +"The repositories belonging to a service of type 'plugin' cannot be changed." +msgstr "" + +#. this is a heading +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:115 +msgid "Software" +msgstr "" + +#. this is a menu entry +#: src/lib/packager/clients/software_proposal.rb:117 +msgid "&Software" +msgstr "" + #. New add-on product might add also new agents. #. Functions Rereads all available agents. #. @@ -1382,19 +1340,19 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:522 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:624 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:527 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:635 #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:574 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:767 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "" #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:659 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:670 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "" #. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration #. or check the content file -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:900 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:911 msgid "" "Package '%s' is not installed.\n" "The add-on product cannot be registered." @@ -1403,64 +1361,65 @@ #. FATE #302398: PATTERNS keyword in content file #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1143 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1733 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1739 src/modules/Packages.rb:450 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1154 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1748 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/Packages.rb:461 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1152 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1163 msgid "Re&lease Notes..." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1278 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1439 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1293 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1454 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "" #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1329 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1335 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1344 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1345 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1360 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1389 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1379 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1394 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " +"repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1390 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1405 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1397 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1412 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1529 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1544 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1534 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1549 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1581 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1596 msgid "Unable to add product %s." msgstr "" @@ -1589,218 +1548,242 @@ msgstr "" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:301 msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bi" -"t distribution." +"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-" +"bit distribution." msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after install" -"ing the system.</P>" +"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " +"installing the system.</P>" msgstr "" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:329 msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the" -" system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and work" -"ing files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. " -"Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space b" -"efore starting the installation.</P>" +"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " +"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " +"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " +"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) " +"free space before starting the installation.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:334 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " -"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if " +"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:343 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:360 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:363 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:385 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:395 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:408 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:470 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:494 msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation medi" -"a." +"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " +"media." msgstr "" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:487 -msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:498 +msgid "" +"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation " +"media." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:528 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:539 msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start" -" installation." +"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " +"start installation." msgstr "" #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:548 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:559 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:591 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "" #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "" #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:625 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "" +#. Check the YaST required packages. +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:645 +msgid "Please manually select the needed items to install." +msgstr "" + #. newly installed products -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:683 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:707 msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" msgstr "" #. product update: %s is a product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:693 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:717 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" msgstr "" #. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:695 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:719 msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" msgstr "" #. Removing another product might be an issue #. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:712 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:736 msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:713 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:737 msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", #. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:739 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:763 msgid "" "<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" "<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" -"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or modul" -"e\n" -"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the" -"\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or " +"module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to " +"the\n" "software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" "</li></ul></li></ul>" msgstr "" #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1227 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1596 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1500 msgid "" -"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" +"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the " +"installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1527 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "" #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1645 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1549 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1678 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1582 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "" #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1910 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1814 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1912 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1816 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2022 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1926 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." msgstr "" #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2283 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2198 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." msgstr "" #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2301 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2216 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "" #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2633 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2559 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a package list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2732 +msgid "These packages need to be selected to install: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a pattern list +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2735 +msgid "These patterns need to be selected to install: %s" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %{type} is a resolvable type, %{list} is a list of names +#. This is a fallback message for unknown types, normally it should not be displayed +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2739 +msgid "These items (%{type}) need to be selected to install: %{list}" +msgstr "" + #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param [String] license_ident file name @@ -1810,8 +1793,8 @@ #: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:158 msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " -"of the live media when building the image." +"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the " +"root of the live media when building the image." msgstr "" #. combo box @@ -1978,7 +1961,7 @@ #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1776 msgid "S&MB/CIFS" msgstr "" @@ -2023,100 +2006,100 @@ msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:117 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:122 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:125 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:139 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1623 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:147 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:155 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:154 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:157 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:160 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:163 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:164 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "(default)" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:175 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:184 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:187 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:194 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:212 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:214 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:216 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:218 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:222 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:928 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:224 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:945 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:226 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "" @@ -2125,55 +2108,56 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:227 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:229 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:231 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:233 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:228 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:230 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:232 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:234 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:236 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:469 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:485 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:482 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:498 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:497 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:513 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is emp" -"ty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " +"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:511 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:527 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:519 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:535 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, Ya" -"ST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " +"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:554 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:570 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:568 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:584 msgid "&URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:598 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2183,68 +2167,68 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:755 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:771 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1912 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:762 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1902 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:778 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1919 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:774 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:790 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" "to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:781 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man " -"5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See " +"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:852 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:838 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:854 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:859 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:943 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:960 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:966 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:983 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:996 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1013 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" msgstr "" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1037 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2252,17 +2236,17 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1058 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1049 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1307 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1374 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1066 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1391 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1081 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2272,20 +2256,20 @@ msgstr "" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1317 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1322 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1389 msgid "&File System" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1306 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1373 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1390 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1311 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1328 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2298,7 +2282,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1405 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2306,11 +2290,11 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1388 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2322,12 +2306,12 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1404 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1421 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1424 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1441 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2335,71 +2319,71 @@ msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1622 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1609 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626 msgid "&Port" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1631 msgid "&Share" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1644 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1630 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1647 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1635 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1652 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1659 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1668 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1660 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1677 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1667 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1684 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1759 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1745 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1762 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1752 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1769 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1926 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1943 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2407,33 +2391,34 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Director" -"y\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " +"Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1939 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1956 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" +"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS " +"repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2001 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2018 msgid "I would li&ke to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2020 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2037 msgid "Net&work Configuration..." msgstr "" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2153 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2441,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2162 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2449,7 +2434,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2155 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2459,7 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2167 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2184 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2468,48 +2453,48 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2182 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2201 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2188 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2189 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2208 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2226 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "" #. use three slashes as third slash means path -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2415 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2442 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the" -"\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " +"the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2635 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2662 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2659 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2686 msgid "Add On Product" msgstr "" #. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration #. #. @return [Boolean] whether to abort -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2690 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2717 msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid." msgstr "" @@ -2556,8 +2541,7 @@ #. popup message header #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:160 -msgid "" -"Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" +msgid "Unable to save changes to the repository.\n" msgstr "" #. SourceManager read dialog caption Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pam.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/printer.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-30 02:28+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-30 02:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ #. summary caption #: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:354 #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:531 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1904 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1907 msgid "Package Source" msgstr "" @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ #. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) #. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) #: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:380 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1942 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1945 msgid "Creating ISO image %1/%2" msgstr "" @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ #. summary text #. summary text #: src/include/product-creator/commandline.rb:419 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1990 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1993 msgid "The medium will not be digitally signed" msgstr "" @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ #. Table header #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:146 #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:812 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Name" msgstr "" @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ #. richtext header #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:537 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:261 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1911 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1914 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:343 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:373 msgid "Packages" @@ -512,15 +512,15 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:787 msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the image." -"</p>" +"<p>Use <b>Edit</b> to change selected image configuration or create the " +"image.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/complex.rb:791 msgid "" -"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting <b>Delete" -"</b>.</p>" +"<p>Delete the directory with the selected configuration by selecting " +"<b>Delete</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text, %1 is directory @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ #. dialog caption #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:168 #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:394 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1223 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ #. abort? #: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:369 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1260 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1263 msgid "Select File" msgstr "" @@ -697,55 +697,55 @@ msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:802 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:801 msgid "Source Selection" msgstr "" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Selected" msgstr "" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "Status" msgstr "" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:811 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "URL" msgstr "" #. summary line, %1 is e.g. i386, x86_64, ppc... -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:822 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1930 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:823 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1933 msgid "Target architecture: %1" msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:836 msgid "Cr&eate New..." msgstr "" #. remove not found sources (with id = -1) #. enable the source #. disable the source -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:861 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:900 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:948 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:862 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:901 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:949 msgid "X" msgstr "" #. refresh the target architecture if it has been changed #. change the architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:908 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1078 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:909 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1081 msgid "Target Architecture: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:969 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:970 msgid "Select at least one source." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1004 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1005 msgid "" "There is a mismatch between the selected\n" "repositories and the machine architecture.\n" @@ -755,74 +755,74 @@ msgstr "" #. ask for the target architecture -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1045 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1048 msgid "Select the new target architecture." msgstr "" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1139 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1142 msgid "Base Source Selection" msgstr "" #. convert the URL to Id -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1167 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1170 msgid "Selected Base Source" msgstr "" #. FIXME: Manage files for other archs -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 msgid "File Contents: %1" msgstr "" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1237 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Load File" msgstr "" #. Pkg::TargetFinish (); #. busy message -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1297 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1522 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:286 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1300 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1525 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:295 msgid "Reading data from Package Database..." msgstr "" #. popup -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1298 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1523 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1301 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1526 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1477 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1822 #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3131 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:291 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:300 msgid "Please wait..." msgstr "" #. Open empty dialog for instant feedback -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1403 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1537 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1406 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1540 msgid "Reading package database..." msgstr "" #. switch to packager textdomain, reuse the translations #. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1435 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1512 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1438 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1515 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to" -" add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " +"to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" #. dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1444 -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1510 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1447 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "Software Selection" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 = details -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1606 msgid "" "Dependencies cannot be resolved.\n" "\n" @@ -830,72 +830,72 @@ msgstr "" #. refresh table and pushbutton state -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1822 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1825 msgid "&Digitally Sign the Product on the Medium" msgstr "" #. TODO: validate the dialog (is a key selected if the checkbox is selected? #. "validate_help" : _("Select a gpg key in the table. Create...") -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1830 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1833 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Sign</b></big><br>\n" -"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG key. " -"\n" +"To make it possible for users to verify your product, sign it with a GPG " +"key. \n" "This key is checked when the product is added as a repository.</p>" msgstr "" #. part of the help text (signing dialog), the URL can be modified to the translated language #. (if the page exists in that language, you have to check that!) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1837 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1840 msgid "" -"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option 'Insecure:" -"\n" -"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading an " -"unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc for m" -"ore information.</P>" +"<P>If the product is not signed, Yast automatically adds the option " +"'Insecure:\n" +"1' to the linuxrc configuration file, otherwise linuxrc would deny loading " +"an unsigned installation system at boot. See http://en.opensuse.org/Linuxrc " +"for more information.</P>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1846 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1849 msgid "Signing the Product on the Medium" msgstr "" #. Configuration Summary #. @return [void] -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1896 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1899 msgid "Configuration Summary" msgstr "" #. summary line -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1917 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1920 msgid "Selected %1 packages" msgstr "" #. display the architecture in the summary if it has been changed -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1925 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1928 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "" #. summary caption -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1935 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1938 msgid "Output Directory" msgstr "" #. summary line (%1/%2 is file path) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1952 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1955 msgid "Creating directory tree in <b> %1/%2 </b>" msgstr "" #. header in the summary dialog -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1961 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1964 msgid "Signing" msgstr "" #. summary text - %1 is GPG key ID (e.g. ABCDEF01), %2 is GPG key user ID (or empty if not defined) -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1981 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1984 msgid "Digitally sign the medium with GPG key <b>%1</b>%2" msgstr "" -#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1996 +#: src/include/product-creator/dialogs.rb:1999 msgid "" "<p>Verify the data in the summary then press Next to continue.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -913,14 +913,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>For example, \n" "configure the CD for automatic installations and specify the installation\n" -"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the origina" -"l is used.</p>\n" +"source location. If you are not sure, leave the file untouched and the " +"original is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:46 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 @@ -932,8 +931,7 @@ #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:54 -msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" +msgid "<p><b><big>Saving Configuration</big></b></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 @@ -978,10 +976,10 @@ #. overview dialog help part 5 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:85 msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of various" -"\n" -"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image system." -"</p>" +"<p>Press <b>Create Image with KIWI</b> for additional configuration of " +"various\n" +"types of images, such as Live media or Xen images, with the KIWI image " +"system.</p>" msgstr "" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/4 @@ -1022,12 +1020,14 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:114 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Target Architecture</big></b><br>\n" -"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that of\n" +"It is possible to create a product for a different architecture than that " +"of\n" "the machine you are currently working on.\n" "All selected repositories must support the target architecture.<br>\n" -"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not change\n" -"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current configu" -"ration.</p>\n" +"<b>Note:</b> KIWI does not support different architectures yet, do not " +"change\n" +"the architecture if you intend to create a KIWI image from the current " +"configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 @@ -1064,22 +1064,25 @@ #. help text - the base selection dialog 2/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The base\n" -"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is a" -"lso\n" +"<p>One of the used repositories must be marked as the base product. The " +"base\n" +"product repository should be bootable to ensure the newly created product is " +"also\n" "bootable.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. help text - the base selection dialog 3/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:153 -msgid "<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>The other repositories will be used as add-ons for the base repository.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. help text - the base selection dialog 4/4 #: src/include/product-creator/helps.rb:157 msgid "" -"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and propos" -"es\n" +"<p>The product creator solves dependencies of the selected products and " +"proposes\n" "the base product. If the proposed value is wrong, select the right base\n" "repository from the list.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1252,15 +1255,16 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:1513 msgid "" -"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</p" -">\n" +"<p>Packages from section '%1' are not available with selected repositories:</" +"p>\n" "<p>%2.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package select" -"ion or ignore the situation.</p>\n" +"Either remove the packages from the section, check the detailed package " +"selection or ignore the situation.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any further" -" changes results in removal of problematic packages from the section.\n" +"Going to detailed package selection and accepting the view without any " +"further changes results in removal of problematic packages from the " +"section.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1376,8 +1380,8 @@ #. informative label #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2277 msgid "" -"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from Studio" -"." +"Editing of following files is disabled for configurations imported from " +"Studio." msgstr "" #. tab header @@ -1394,8 +1398,8 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2367 msgid "" "<p>Select the value for image <b>Compression</b>. This will modify the\n" -"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an explanation" -" of available values.</p>" +"<i>flags</i> value of the image type. Check the kiwi manual for an " +"explanation of available values.</p>" msgstr "" #. combo box label @@ -1415,8 +1419,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2424 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a new" -" line.</p>" +"<p>For <b>ignored software</b>, enter each entry (like 'smtp_daemon') on a " +"new line.</p>" msgstr "" #. label @@ -1427,8 +1431,8 @@ #. help text for "&Ignored software" #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2436 msgid "" -"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be uninstall" -"ed from the target image.</p>" +"<p>Each entry of <b>Packages to Delete</b> is one package name to be " +"uninstalled from the target image.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1449,8 +1453,8 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2461 msgid "" "<p>Set the image <b>Size</b> in the specified <b>Unit</b>.\n" -"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it is " -"the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" +"If <b>Additive</b> is checked, the meaning of <b>Size</b> is different: it " +"is the minimal free space available on the image.</p>" msgstr "" #. combo box label (MB/GB values) @@ -1471,8 +1475,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2489 msgid "" -"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> an" -"d enter the password.</p>" +"<p>To create an encrypted file system, check <b>Encrypt Image with LUKS</b> " +"and enter the password.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1498,9 +1502,9 @@ #. help text #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2531 msgid "" -"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>" -"root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the imag" -"e tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Define the path to the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the " +"<tt>root</tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of " +"the image tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. label (above table) @@ -1516,9 +1520,9 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2561 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</tt>" -" directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image tree us" -"ing <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" +"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with System Configuration</b> (the <tt>root</" +"tt> directory). The entire directory is copied into the root of the image " +"tree using <tt>cp -a</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. label (above table) @@ -1534,9 +1538,9 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2598 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> directory)" -". It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image pac" -"kages.</p>" +"<p>Configure the <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (the <tt>config</tt> " +"directory). It contains scripts that are run after the installation of all " +"the image packages.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1558,9 +1562,9 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2646 msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. Thi" -"s script is run at the end of the installation but before the package scripts " -"have run.</p>" +"<p>Edit your <b>Image Configuration Script</b>, called <tt>config.sh</tt>. " +"This script is run at the end of the installation but before the package " +"scripts have run.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1570,9 +1574,9 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2667 msgid "" -"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) cont" -"ains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image packages.</p" -">" +"<p>The optional <b>Directory with Scripts</b> (<tt>config</tt> directory) " +"contains scripts that are run after the installation of all the image " +"packages.</p>" msgstr "" #. push button label @@ -1587,8 +1591,8 @@ #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2688 msgid "" -"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run at" -" the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" +"<p>Edit your <b>Cleanup Script</b> (<tt>images.sh</tt>). This script is run " +"at the beginning of the image creation process.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1604,8 +1608,8 @@ #. help text for Author, Contact and Specification widgets #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2711 msgid "" -"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</b>, " -"and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" +"<p>Set the values for <b>Author</b> of the image, <b>Contact Information</" +"b>, and the image <b>Specification</b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1631,8 +1635,8 @@ #. help text for locale #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2762 msgid "" -"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of th" -"e RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" +"<p>The value of <b>Locale</b> (e.g. <tt>en_US</tt>) defines the contents of " +"the RC_LANG variable in <t>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1643,8 +1647,8 @@ #. help text for keytable #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2778 msgid "" -"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. The" -" value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" +"<p><b>Keyboard Layout</b> specifies the name of the console keymap to use. " +"The value corresponds to a map file in <tt>/usr/share/kbd/keymaps</tt>.</p>" msgstr "" #. textentry label @@ -1655,8 +1659,8 @@ #. help text for timezone #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2795 msgid "" -"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones are" -" located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" +"<p>It is possible to set a specific <b>Time zone</b>. Available time zones " +"are located in the <tt>/usr/share/zoneinfo</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "" #. general help for users tab @@ -1697,8 +1701,8 @@ #. help for table with users #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2828 msgid "" -"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home Directory<" -"/b> and group\n" +"<p>For each user, specify the <b>Name</b>, <b>Password</b>, <b>Home " +"Directory</b> and group\n" "to which the users belongs.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1730,13 +1734,15 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2973 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on templ" -"ate from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</p>" +"<p>Enter the name of your image configuration. Base new configuration on " +"template from the list or on the directory with the existing configuration.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2980 -msgid "<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Place custom configuration templates under <tt>%1</tt> directory.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -1752,9 +1758,9 @@ #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:2994 msgid "" -"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for creati" -"ng the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current system repo" -"sitories.</p>" +"<p>Modify the list of <b>Package Repositories</b> that will be used for " +"creating the image. Use <b>Add From System</b> to add one of the current " +"system repositories.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text for kiwi UI preparation, cont. @@ -1774,7 +1780,9 @@ #. error popup #: src/include/product-creator/kiwi_dialogs.rb:3123 -msgid "Selected directory does not contain valid description of system configuration." +msgid "" +"Selected directory does not contain valid description of system " +"configuration." msgstr "" #. busy popup @@ -1946,17 +1954,17 @@ msgstr "" #. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:448 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:457 msgid "Initializing Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:462 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:471 msgid "Read the configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:466 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:475 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" @@ -1964,49 +1972,49 @@ #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished #. translators: progress finished -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:468 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:495 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:548 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:574 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:477 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:504 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:557 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:583 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:489 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:498 msgid "Cannot read the configuration." msgstr "" #. ProductCreator read dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:528 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:537 msgid "Saving Product Creator Configuration" msgstr "" #. translators: progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:542 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:551 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. translators: progress step 1/1 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:546 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:555 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. translators: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:568 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:577 msgid "Error while writing settings." msgstr "" #. translators: Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:601 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:610 msgid "Configuration summary ..." msgstr "" #. Create an overview table with all configured cards #. @return table items -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:614 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:623 msgid "No Files" msgstr "" #. an error message, %1 is the directory, %2 is URL of the source -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:994 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:1003 msgid "" "Cannot read directory %1\n" "from source %2." @@ -2014,43 +2022,43 @@ #. the copy is not needed if the sourse will be signed with a gpg key #. check if the metadata are gzipped -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2080 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3682 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2089 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3691 msgid "Error reading control file." msgstr "" #. workaround for bnc#498464 -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2689 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2698 msgid "" "Could not add GPG key %1 to initrd\n" "%2.\n" msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2883 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2892 msgid "" "Error: Could not digitally sign the source.\n" "Try again?\n" msgstr "" #. error message, %1 is list of URLs (one URL per line) -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:2993 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3002 msgid "" "These sources were not found:\n" "%1" msgstr "" #. popup question, %1 is directory name -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3245 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3254 msgid "Remove the destination directory %1?" msgstr "" #. remove the destination -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3270 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 msgid "The destination %1 already exists." msgstr "" #. TODO ask in interactive mode -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3279 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3288 msgid "" "Destination directory exists or is a file.\n" "Remove directory %1?" @@ -2058,29 +2066,29 @@ #. Check if selected packages are available #. @return [String] error message -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3300 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3309 msgid "Checking for package availability..." msgstr "" #. add an empty map if the source doesn't exist -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3359 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3368 msgid "%1 package not available." msgstr "" #. change the label #. copy the packages -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3415 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3554 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3424 src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3563 msgid "Copying %1" msgstr "" #. string dir = basedir + product_map[source]:"/" + datadir + "/" + package["arch"]:""; -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3590 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3599 msgid "" "Cannot download package %1\n" " from source %2.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3607 +#: src/modules/ProductCreator.rb:3616 msgid "" "Error while copying packages. \n" "\t\t Check the created directory for possible hints." Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt-pkg.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-18 10:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -83,11 +83,11 @@ #. text #. button #0 #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:629 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 -#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 -#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 -#: src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 -#: src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 +#: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 +#: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:249 +#: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQPkgVersionsView.cc:413 +#: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:219 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "" @@ -306,11 +306,15 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1463 -msgid "<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><small><a href=\"repoupgraderemove:///%1\">Cancel switching</a> system " +"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1482 -msgid "<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgid "" +"<p><a href=\"repoupgradeadd:///%1\">Switch system packages</a> to the " +"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1571 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1726 @@ -341,7 +345,11 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " +"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " +"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " +"deselect some packages.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 @@ -353,20 +361,26 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:248 -msgid "Abandon all changes?" +msgid "Do you want to Abandon all changes and exit?" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 -msgid "&Abandon" +msgid "&Yes" msgstr "" +#: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 +msgid "&No" +msgstr "" + #. Dialog header #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:297 src/YQPkgChangesDialog.cc:116 msgid "Automatic Changes" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgid "" +"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " +"changed to resolve dependencies:" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 @@ -380,7 +394,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgid "" +"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " +"requires an additional customer contract for support." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 @@ -394,7 +410,9 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgid "" +"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " +"details." msgstr "" #. Help specific to online update mode @@ -403,91 +421,143 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgid "" +"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " +"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " +"(estimated) download size." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgid "" +"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on " +"your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</" +"b> check box below the list." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgid "" +"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " +"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " +"here." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgid "" +"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " +"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " +"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " +"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." msgstr "" #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgid "" +"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " +"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" msgstr "" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgid "" +"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " +"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgid "" +"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " +"right-click it to open a context menu." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgid "" +"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " +"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " +"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " +"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " +"you if there are dependency conflicts." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgid "" +"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " +"be performed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgid "" +"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " +"the upper left:" msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgid "" +"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " +"belong together." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgid "" +"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can " +"also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." msgstr "" #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgid "" +"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and " +"collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category " +"to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right " +"side." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgid "" +" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " +"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgid "" +"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " +"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgid "" +"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " +"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgid "" +"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " +"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgid "" +"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to " +"<b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " +"see all changes that will be made to your system." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgid "" +"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " +"use the check boxes at the left side." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgid "" +"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see " +"what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and " +"uncheck everything else." msgstr "" #. Make sure all images used here are specified in @@ -538,7 +608,9 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the " +"versions are the same)." msgstr "" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -561,11 +633,16 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgid "" +"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " +"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " +"packages might have or get." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgid "" +"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " +"installation media." msgstr "" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -575,11 +652,15 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgid "" +"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not " +"because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "" +"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " +"newer versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -590,11 +671,14 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgid "" +"This package will be installed automatically because some other package " +"needs it." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgid "" +"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." msgstr "" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -605,7 +689,9 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " +"version, so it will automatically be updated." msgstr "" #. Translators: Package status short (!) description @@ -616,7 +702,9 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgid "" +"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " +"is deleted." msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 @@ -641,7 +729,9 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgid "" +"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " +"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." msgstr "" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -651,12 +741,16 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgid "" +"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not " +"installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgid "" +"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " +"packages that are not installed." msgstr "" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -666,12 +760,17 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgid "" +"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " +"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." msgstr "" #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " +"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " +"that other packages might have or get. " msgstr "" #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description @@ -681,11 +780,16 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgid "" +"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " +"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " +"other packages might have or get. " msgstr "" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgid "" +"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " +"versions that may come with the distribution." msgstr "" #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 @@ -746,7 +850,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " +"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" msgstr "" #. parent @@ -755,7 +861,9 @@ msgstr "" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare " +"<tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" msgstr "" #. parent @@ -765,7 +873,9 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "" +"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " +"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" msgstr "" #. startsWith Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/qt.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-22 01:29+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -49,13 +49,13 @@ msgstr "" #. Close button for wizard help window -#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:132 +#: src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:66 src/QY2HelpDialog.cc:113 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:86 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:134 msgid "&Close" msgstr "" #. Window title for help wizard window -#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:131 +#: src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:83 src/QY2RelNotesDialog.cc:133 msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "" @@ -112,10 +112,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Help button -#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #. "Help" button -#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:857 src/YQWizard.cc:1340 +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:862 src/YQWizard.cc:1404 msgid "&Help" msgstr "" @@ -123,21 +123,39 @@ #. "Release Notes" button #. #. Release Notes button -#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) #. "Release Notes" button -#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:874 src/YQWizard.cc:1355 +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:894 src/YQWizard.cc:1419 msgid "&Release Notes" msgstr "" +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1116 +msgid "" +"<h1>Advanced Hotkeys</h1><dl><dt>Print Screen</dt><dd>Take and save a " +"screenshot. May not be available when YaST is running under some desktop " +"environments.</dd><dt>Shift-F4</dt><dd>Enable/disable the color palette " +"optimized for vision impaired users.</dd><dt>Shift-F7</dt><dd>Enable/disable " +"logging of debug messages.</dd><dt>Shift-F8</dt><dd>Open a file dialog to " +"save log files to a non-standard location.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-D</" +"dt><dd>Send a DebugEvent. YaST modules can react on this by executing " +"special debugging actions. Result depends on the specific YaST-module.</" +"dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-M</dt><dd>Start/Stop macro recorder.</dd><dt>Ctrl-" +"Shift-Alt-P</dt><dd>Replay macro.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-S</dt><dd>Show " +"style sheet editor.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-T</dt><dd>Dump widget tree to the " +"log file.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Alt-Shift-X</dt><dd>Open a terminal window (xterm). " +"Useful for VNC installations.</dd><dt>Ctrl-Shift-Alt-Y</dt><dd>Show widget " +"tree browser.</dd></dl>" +msgstr "" + #. "Steps" button -#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1345 +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1409 msgid "&Steps" msgstr "" #. "Tree" button -#. QT handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) -#: src/YQWizard.cc:1350 +#. Qt handles duplicate shortcuts, it can be kept (bnc#880983) +#: src/YQWizard.cc:1414 msgid "&Tree" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -59,87 +59,79 @@ msgid "RDP &Remote Administration" msgstr "" -#. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:27 -msgid "Remote Administration" +#. Dialog contents +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:30 +msgid "Settings" msgstr "" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 -msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:32 +msgid "Enable RDP (Remote Desktop Protocol) Service" msgstr "" -#. RadioButton label -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:39 -msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:33 +msgid "Open Port in Firewall" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:54 +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:40 msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" -"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a RDP\n" -"client, such as rdesktop (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>).\n" -"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Remote Administration via RDP</big></b></p>\n" +"<p>Remote Desktop Protocol (RDP) is a secure remote administration protocol ru" +"nning on TCP port 3389.</p><p>If the feature is enabled, you will be able to l" +"ogin to this computer\n" +"remotely via an RDP client such as Windows Remote Desktop Viewer.\n" msgstr "" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:72 -msgid "Remote Administration Settings" +#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:46 +msgid "Remote Administration via RDP" msgstr "" -#. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/rdp/dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "Firewall Settings" -msgstr "" - #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:85 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:92 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:87 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:94 msgid "Configure xrdp" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:93 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:100 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:95 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:102 msgid "Stop the services" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:99 -msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:106 +msgid "Saving Remote Administration (RDP) Configuration" msgstr "" #. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:104 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:111 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:110 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:125 msgid "Configuring xrdp..." msgstr "" #. Disable xrdp -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:129 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:144 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:132 +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:147 msgid "Stopping the service..." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:148 -msgid "Remote administration is enabled." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:163 +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is enabled." msgstr "" #. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/RDP.rb:151 -msgid "Remote administration is disabled." +#: src/modules/RDP.rb:166 +msgid "RDP (remote desktop protocol) service is disabled." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rear.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-09 02:30+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-09 02:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -36,271 +36,345 @@ msgstr "" #. Dialog shown, when system is not supported by rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:85 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:137 msgid "This system is not supported by rear, because:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:142 msgid "" -"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignor" -"e this warning." +"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you " +"ignore this warning." msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:156 msgid "This system is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:108 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:160 msgid "&Ignore and continue" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:109 src/include/rear/ui.rb:153 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:161 src/include/rear/ui.rb:205 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:306 msgid "&Cancel" msgstr "" #. store original value of directories for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:143 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:195 msgid "Additional Directories to Backup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:152 src/include/rear/ui.rb:252 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:204 src/include/rear/ui.rb:305 msgid "&OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:171 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:223 msgid "Choose Directory" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:199 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:253 msgid "Cannot write rear configuration file." msgstr "" #. store original value of modules for the case that the users clicks cancel -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:221 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:274 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:228 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:281 msgid "Available Modules in current System:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:245 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:298 msgid "Modules added to Rescue System:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:303 msgid "Modules are sorted in the order they were loaded." msgstr "" #. Dialog to run rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:327 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:380 msgid "Preparing for Rear Execution." msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:348 +#. -v : verbose; without it rear runs completely silent +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:401 msgid "Running rear..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:372 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 msgid "Execution failed with return value %1." msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup." msgstr "" #. For translators: Caption of the dialog #. The whole sequence -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:416 src/include/rear/ui.rb:680 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:465 src/include/rear/ui.rb:810 msgid "Rear Configuration" msgstr "" #. help text for Rear -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:468 msgid "" -"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p" -">" +"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</" +"p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:471 msgid "" -"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to " -"boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" +"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want " +"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:474 msgid "" -"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to " -"use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as f" -"ollows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store yo" -"ur backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" +"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have " +"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location " +"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to " +"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:477 msgid "" -"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <" -"b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" +"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click " +"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to" -" be overwritten.</p>" +"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy " +"to be overwritten.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:483 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the bac" -"kup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only" -" useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescu" -"e system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" +"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the " +"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's " +"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the " +"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:486 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. " -"<strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your syst" -"em!</strong></p>" +"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's " +"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on " +"your system!</strong></p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:489 msgid "" -"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the " -"configuration dialog without saving.<p>" +"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes " +"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>" msgstr "" +#. Set defaults: +#. This is not mandatory, so we only set it, if empty +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:513 +msgid "Additional directories in the backup:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 +msgid "Additional programs in the rescue system:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:520 +msgid "Additional files to be copied into the rescue system:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:523 +msgid "Additional post recovery scripts:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:527 +msgid "YaST would like to change your ReaR configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:530 +msgid "You might end up in an unusable backup if you don't accept this." +msgstr "" + #. prepare advanced menu -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:553 msgid "Additional Directories in Backup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:462 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:557 msgid "Additional Kernel Modules in Rescue System" msgstr "" +#. handle advanced menu +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:561 src/include/rear/ui.rb:782 +msgid "Required Programs" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:565 src/include/rear/ui.rb:787 +msgid "Copy As Is" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:569 src/include/rear/ui.rb:792 +msgid "Post Recovery Script" +msgstr "" + #. prepare main dialog -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:472 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:579 msgid "Recovery System" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:480 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:587 msgid "&Boot Media" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:490 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:597 msgid "Backup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:498 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:605 msgid "&Backup Media" msgstr "" #. this flag ensures that the combox is correctly #. refilled when the USB/NFS combobox is changed -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:507 src/include/rear/ui.rb:615 -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:629 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:614 src/include/rear/ui.rb:732 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:746 msgid "&Location" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:517 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:625 msgid "&Keep old backup" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:521 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:632 +msgid "Use &dhclient" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:638 msgid "Rescan USB Devices" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:529 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:641 +msgid "&Backup Options" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:647 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:531 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:649 msgid "Save and run rear now" msgstr "" #. set settings according to options read from config file. -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:551 -msgid "" -"BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:669 +msgid "BACKUP is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "" #. choose selected option or fallback to "ISO" if nothing is set -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:564 -msgid "" -"OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:682 +msgid "OUTPUT is set to an unknown value.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581 -msgid "" -"NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:708 msgid "" -"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configu" -"re.\n" +"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot " +"configure.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:713 msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?" msgstr "" #. open run rear dialg, if usb boot medium is selected show a warning -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:640 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:757 msgid "Your USB medium will be overwritten. Do you want to continue?" msgstr "" #. true: read-only #. Rear read dialog caption -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:691 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:821 msgid "Reading Rear Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Reading rear settings" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +msgid "Analyzing system" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698 -msgid "Analyzing system" +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:828 +msgid "Reading rear settings" msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Analyzing system..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Reading rear settings..." msgstr "" -#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699 +#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:829 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/add_config_dialog.rb:43 +msgid "Your ReaR configuration needs to be modified." +msgstr "" + +#. Copyright (c) 2017 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/rear/list_edit_dialog.rb:46 +msgid "&New Entry" +msgstr "" + #. check bootloader #. returns error message if system is not supported -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:56 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:77 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:58 src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:79 msgid "Cannot figure out which bootloader is used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:70 msgid "Bootloader %1 is used." msgstr "" #. check devices -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:106 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:108 msgid "Device %1 is iscsi." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:118 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:120 msgid "Device %1 is multipath." msgstr "" -#. check partitions -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:134 -msgid "Partition %1 is mounted by uuid." -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:151 +#: src/modules/RearSystemCheck.rb:143 msgid "Partition %1 uses an unsupported filesystem (%2)." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 17:12+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -44,10 +44,18 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/registration.rb:43 src/clients/scc.rb:43 +#: src/clients/registration.rb:68 src/clients/scc.rb:68 msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." msgstr "" +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#. TRANSLATORS: Error message in RichText format, %s contains the details from libzypp +#: src/clients/registration.rb:79 src/clients/scc.rb:79 +msgid "" +"<p>The repository initialization failed. Disable (or remove) the offending " +"service or repository in the repository manager.</p><p>Details:</p><p>%s</p>" +msgstr "" + #. popup message: registration finished properly #: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204 msgid "Registration was successfull." @@ -543,40 +551,40 @@ #. create the main dialog definition #. @return [Yast::Term] the main UI dialog term -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:90 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:97 msgid "&Filter Out Beta Versions" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:92 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:99 msgid "Details" msgstr "" #. addon description widget #. @return [Yast::Term] the addon details widget -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:102 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:109 msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" msgstr "" #. checkbox label for an unavailable extension #. (%s is an extension name) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:115 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:122 msgid "%s (not available)" msgstr "" #. check if the count of addons requiring a reg. code fits two columns -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:254 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:261 msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." msgstr "" #. help text (2/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:265 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:272 msgid "" "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific " "registration code.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (3/3) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:268 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:275 msgid "" "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the " "SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-07 01:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:69 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:88 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ "and LUN '%3'.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:102 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -173,9 +173,10 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons" -"\n" -"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " +"buttons\n" +"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine " +"supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" @@ -185,10 +186,10 @@ #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device " -"ID></i>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a D" -"ASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><" +"device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " +"DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -210,10 +211,10 @@ #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters" -"\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</" -"p>" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " +"letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000." +"</p>" msgstr "" #. Configure dialog help 7 @@ -234,8 +235,8 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdo" -"wn,\n" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " +"shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -246,30 +247,30 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:323 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:330 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:332 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:335 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:343 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:345 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:348 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/rpm-groups.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -1,20 +1,16 @@ -# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# This file was automatically generated msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-02-04 11:08+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"Project-Id-Version: rpm-groups\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: bugzilla.opensuse.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-09 12:27+0300\n" +"Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" +"Language-Team: openSUSE <opensuse-translation@opensuse.org>\n" +"Language: en\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=INTEGER; plural=EXPRESSION;\n" msgid "3D" msgstr "" @@ -28,13 +24,13 @@ msgid "Amusements" msgstr "" -msgid "AOLInstantMessenger" +msgid "Application" msgstr "" -msgid "Arcade" +msgid "Applications" msgstr "" -msgid "Archie" +msgid "Arcade" msgstr "" msgid "Archiving" @@ -118,7 +114,7 @@ msgid "Convertors" msgstr "" -msgid "Cross" +msgid "Daemon" msgstr "" msgid "Daemons" @@ -127,9 +123,15 @@ msgid "Databases" msgstr "" +msgid "Debug" +msgstr "" + msgid "Debuggers" msgstr "" +msgid "Desktops" +msgstr "" + msgid "Development" msgstr "" @@ -181,6 +183,9 @@ msgid "File-Sharing" msgstr "" +msgid "Filesystem" +msgstr "" + msgid "Filesystems" msgstr "" @@ -208,6 +213,9 @@ msgid "GNOME" msgstr "" +msgid "Golang" +msgstr "" + msgid "Grabbers" msgstr "" @@ -217,6 +225,9 @@ msgid "Graphics" msgstr "" +msgid "group" +msgstr "" + msgid "GUI" msgstr "" @@ -247,15 +258,15 @@ msgid "Icons" msgstr "" -msgid "ICQ" -msgstr "" - msgid "IDE" msgstr "" msgid "Instant Messenger" msgstr "" +msgid "Internet" +msgstr "" + msgid "IRC" msgstr "" @@ -295,12 +306,24 @@ msgid "Localization" msgstr "" -msgid "Logging" +msgid "Logic" msgstr "" -msgid "Logic" +msgid "LogicGame" msgstr "" +msgid "Lua" +msgstr "" + +msgid "LXDE" +msgstr "" + +msgid "LXDE-Qt" +msgstr "" + +msgid "LXQt" +msgstr "" + msgid "Mailinglists" msgstr "" @@ -337,15 +360,9 @@ msgid "Mono" msgstr "" -msgid "Morse" -msgstr "" - msgid "Multimedia" msgstr "" -msgid "Napster" -msgstr "" - msgid "Navigators" msgstr "" @@ -361,7 +378,7 @@ msgid "NIS" msgstr "" -msgid "Novell" +msgid "NodeJS" msgstr "" msgid "Office" @@ -376,9 +393,6 @@ msgid "Packages" msgstr "" -msgid "Packet" -msgstr "" - msgid "Palm" msgstr "" @@ -388,9 +402,6 @@ msgid "PC" msgstr "" -msgid "PDA" -msgstr "" - msgid "PDF" msgstr "" @@ -406,9 +417,6 @@ msgid "Players" msgstr "" -msgid "Pool" -msgstr "" - msgid "PPP" msgstr "" @@ -430,9 +438,6 @@ msgid "Psion" msgstr "" -msgid "Psk31" -msgstr "" - msgid "Publishing" msgstr "" @@ -442,10 +447,10 @@ msgid "Python" msgstr "" -msgid "Race" +msgid "Python3" msgstr "" -msgid "Radio" +msgid "Race" msgstr "" msgid "Radius" @@ -475,9 +480,6 @@ msgid "Samba" msgstr "" -msgid "Satellite" -msgstr "" - msgid "Scanner" msgstr "" @@ -511,6 +513,9 @@ msgid "SIP" msgstr "" +msgid "SLES" +msgstr "" + msgid "Sound" msgstr "" @@ -532,16 +537,19 @@ msgid "Strategy" msgstr "" +msgid "StrategyGame" +msgstr "" + msgid "Suite" msgstr "" msgid "SUSE" msgstr "" -msgid "SUSE internal" +msgid "System" msgstr "" -msgid "System" +msgid "System Environment" msgstr "" msgid "Talk" @@ -559,6 +567,9 @@ msgid "Terminals" msgstr "" +msgid "Tests" +msgstr "" + msgid "TeX" msgstr "" @@ -583,9 +594,15 @@ msgid "TV" msgstr "" +msgid "Unspecified" +msgstr "" + msgid "UPS" msgstr "" +msgid "User Interface" +msgstr "" + msgid "Utilities" msgstr "" @@ -622,9 +639,6 @@ msgid "X11" msgstr "" -msgid "XF86_3" -msgstr "" - msgid "XF86_4" msgstr "" @@ -634,6 +648,8 @@ msgid "XML" msgstr "" +msgid "Yast" +msgstr "" + msgid "YaST" msgstr "" - Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-18 10:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -217,164 +217,164 @@ msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:293 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:294 msgid "Server Name" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:295 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:296 msgid "Remote Path" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:298 msgid "Local Mount Point" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:299 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:300 msgid "User Name" msgstr "" #. table header -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:301 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Options" msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:319 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:320 msgid "Expert Settings" msgstr "" #. error popup: min >= max -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:376 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:377 msgid "" "The minimum value in the range cannot be\n" "larger than maximum one.\n" msgstr "" #. Samba-client workgroup dialog caption -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:428 msgid "Windows Domain Membership" msgstr "" #. busy popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:448 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:449 msgid "Verifying AD domain membership..." msgstr "" #. push button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:460 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:461 msgid "&Leave" msgstr "" #. status label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:467 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:468 msgid "Currently a member of this domain" msgstr "" #. translators: checkbox label to enable winbind -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "&Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "&Create Home Directory on Login" msgstr "" #. frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:510 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:511 msgid "Join Settings" msgstr "" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:516 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:517 #: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:90 msgid "&Username" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:525 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:526 msgid "&Password" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:532 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:533 msgid "Mac&hine Account OU" msgstr "" #. text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:541 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "Active Directory Server" msgstr "" #. button label (run YaST client for NTP) -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:550 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:551 msgid "N&TP Configuration..." msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:554 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:555 msgid "Disable Name Service Cache" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:556 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:557 msgid "Start File Alteration Monitor" msgstr "" #. translators: frame label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:571 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:572 msgid "Membership" msgstr "" -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:579 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:580 msgid "&Domain" msgstr "" #. translators: text entry label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:581 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:582 msgid "&Domain or Workgroup" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:595 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:596 msgid "Off&line Authentication" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:604 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:605 msgid "&Single Sign-on for SSH" msgstr "" #. checkbox label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:614 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:615 msgid "Change primary DNS suffix" msgstr "" #. button label -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:621 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:622 msgid "&Expert Settings..." msgstr "" #. 1st part of an error message: #. winbind cannot provide user information taken from #. a workgroup, must be a domain; %1 is the workgroup name -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:777 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "Cannot use the workgroup\n" "'%1' for Linux authentication." msgstr "" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:786 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:787 msgid "Enter a valid domain." msgstr "" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:788 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:789 msgid "" "Enter a domain or disable\n" "using SMB for Linux authentication." @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ #. we might use it to warn user (#155716) #. continue/cancel popup -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:809 msgid "" "Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the " "following\n" @@ -393,26 +393,26 @@ #. 1st part of an error message: #. winbind cannot provide user information if the host #. is not in a domain -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:827 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:828 msgid "" "The host must be a member of a domain\n" "for Linux authentication using SMB." msgstr "" #. translators: 2nd part of an error message -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:831 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:832 msgid "" "Join a domain or disable use of SMB\n" "for Linux authentication." msgstr "" #. used outside this module for autologin function. must be complete sentence. -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:840 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:841 msgid "Samba is now enabled." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup text -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:852 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:853 msgid "" "In a Microsoft environment,\n" "hostname changes with DHCP are problematic.\n" @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ msgstr "" #. message popup, part 1/2 -#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:887 +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:888 msgid "" "This change only affects newly created processes and not already\n" "running services. Restart your services manually or reboot \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/security.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-13 20:10+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-13 20:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -359,10 +359,10 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:59 msgid "" "<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n" -"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which includ" -"e\n" -" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default" -"\n" +"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which " +"include\n" +" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The " +"default\n" " settings can be modified as needed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" @@ -405,11 +405,12 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n" -"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n" -"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait t" -"o\n" -"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>" -").</p>" +"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to " +"prevent\n" +"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait " +"to\n" +"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</" +"tt>).</p>" msgstr "" #. Login dialog help 3/4 @@ -417,7 +418,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n" "attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n" -"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n" +"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than " +"usual).\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -425,7 +427,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n" -"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n" +"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote " +"access\n" "to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -440,8 +443,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:111 msgid "" "<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n" -"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word" -".\n" +"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common " +"word.\n" "By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -450,8 +453,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n" "The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n" -"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new" -"\n" +"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the " +"new\n" "password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n" "This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -460,8 +463,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:125 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n" -"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing." -"\n" +"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from " +"reusing.\n" "Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -474,23 +477,24 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n" -"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need" -"\n" +"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you " +"need\n" "compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5c/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:139 msgid "" -"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n" +"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current " +"Linux \n" "distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 5d/8 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:143 msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" +"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other " +"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>" msgstr "" #. Password dialog help 7/8 @@ -504,7 +508,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:151 msgid "" "<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n" -"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n" +"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer " +"the\n" "time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -533,26 +538,28 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:169 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n" -"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p" -">" +"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</" +"p>" msgstr "" #. Misc dialog help 2/14 #: src/include/security/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n" -"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secu" -"re\n" +"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions." +"secure\n" "or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n" -"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n" -"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentall" -"y\n" +"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions." +"*.\n" +"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred " +"accidentally\n" "or by intruders.</p><p>\n" "With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n" "in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n" -"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only" -"\n" -"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n" +"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can " +"only\n" +"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or " +"by\n" "daemons, not by ordinary users.\n" "The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n" "decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n" @@ -562,10 +569,11 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n" -"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)" -"\n" +"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database " +"(locatedb)\n" "that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n" -"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n" +"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</" +"b>\n" " (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -574,7 +582,8 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n" "the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n" -"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n" +"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like " +"system\n" "searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -582,8 +591,8 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:204 msgid "" "<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n" -"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory" -"\n" +"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current " +"directory\n" "then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n" "for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>" msgstr "" @@ -593,11 +602,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n" "search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n" -"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs " -"in\n" +"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown " +"programs in\n" "the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n" -"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your sy" -"stem,\n" +"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your " +"system,\n" "is rather easy if you set this option.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -619,35 +628,36 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n" -"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during" -" kernel\n" +"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, " +"during kernel\n" "debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>" msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:234 msgid "" -"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security" -" settings.</P>" +"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important " +"security settings.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:238 -msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" +msgid "" +"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text: security overview dialog 1/ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:242 msgid "" -"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current v" -"alue of the option is secure.</P>" +"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current " +"value of the option is secure.</P>" msgstr "" #. an error message (rich text) #: src/include/security/helps.rb:246 msgid "" -"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not install" -"ed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" +"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not " +"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:252 @@ -655,82 +665,88 @@ "<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n" "across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n" "configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n" -"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n" -"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to" -"\n" -"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that" -"\n" -"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n" +"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then " +"the\n" +"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only " +"to\n" +"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords " +"that\n" +"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote " +"graphical\n" "logins, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:262 msgid "" -"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n" -"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is" -"\n" -"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n" +"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of " +"the\n" +"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down " +"is\n" +"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to " +"create\n" "correct log messages.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:268 msgid "" -"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour" -". Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important t" -"o find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more th" -"an the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system " -"events are only useful if they are present.</P>" +"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its " +"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are " +"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can " +"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog " +"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:271 msgid "" -"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that " -"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process wi" -"th a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" +"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files " +"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the " +"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:274 msgid "" -"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a " -"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its progra" -"m code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>" -"CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effe" -"ctive.</P>" +"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize " +"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its " +"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with " +"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement " +"to be effective.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:277 msgid "" -"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window sessio" -"n to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not hel" -"p against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to l" -"og on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acqu" -"ire the password.</P>" +"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window " +"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does " +"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be " +"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or " +"otherwise acquire the password.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:280 msgid "" -"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect" -"\n" -"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n" +"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, " +"connect\n" +"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on " +"a\n" "different system and display their content on the X server through network\n" -"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n" -"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore" -"\n" +"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus " +"the\n" +"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and " +"therefore\n" "subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n" -"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X" -"\n" -"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh" -"</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through t" -"he encrypted ssh connection.</P>" +"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display " +"X\n" +"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell " +"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server " +"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:290 msgid "" -"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose" -"\n" -"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP net" -"work port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SM" -"TP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not " +"expose\n" +"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP " +"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through " +"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:293 @@ -739,7 +755,8 @@ "updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n" "installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" @@ -751,7 +768,8 @@ "uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n" "removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n" "considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n" -"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n" +"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would " +"continue\n" "to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n" "killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n" "reason to do so.</P>" @@ -759,23 +777,23 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:313 msgid "" -"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the s" -"ystem runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.<" -"/P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But " -"in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts f" -"rom one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TC" -"P connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies " -"are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure set" -"ting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" +"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the " +"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) " +"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such " +"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate " +"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause " +"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most " +"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS " +"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320 msgid "" -"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but" -" that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, " -"e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic o" -"n ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing func" -"tionality, then disable this option.</P>" +"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, " +"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network " +"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards " +"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not " +"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:319 @@ -788,27 +806,28 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:324 msgid "" -"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e." -"g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" +"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes " +"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:327 msgid "" -"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most" -" restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>" +"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The " +"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</" +"P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:330 msgid "" -"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to " -"run the security-related services.</P>" +"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and " +"to run the security-related services.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore" -" it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.<" -"/P>" +"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. " +"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by " +"the system.</P>" msgstr "" #: src/include/security/helps.rb:341 @@ -855,10 +874,10 @@ #: src/include/security/helps.rb:377 msgid "" "<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n" -"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, use" -"r on active console has such right.\n" -"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication " -"in all cases.</p>\n" +"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, " +"user on active console has such right.\n" +"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring " +"authentication in all cases.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. level name Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-16 02:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -45,33 +45,33 @@ #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 msgid "" -"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose " -"job is to activate services and other units." +"Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units " +"whose job is to activate services and other units." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 msgid "" -"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink l" -"ocated in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man pag" -"e." +"Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink " +"located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man " +"page." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" -"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with net" -"work suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +"Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with " +"network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 msgid "" -"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is" -" typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +"Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which " +"is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 msgid "" -"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graph" -"ical target." +"When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with " +"graphical target." msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 @@ -115,7 +115,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:258 -msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgid "" +"This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" msgstr "" #. translators: command line help text for services-manager module @@ -133,8 +134,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:94 src/clients/services.rb:94 -msgid "" -"Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" msgstr "" #. Additional space for UI features @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:143 src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 src/clients/services.rb:143 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 src/clients/services.rb:143 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "" @@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ #. The current state matches the futural state #. The current state matches the futural state #: src/clients/services-manager.rb:144 src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 src/clients/services.rb:144 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 src/clients/services.rb:144 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Active" msgstr "" @@ -189,33 +189,43 @@ msgid "Reading services status..." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:188 -#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:188 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:172 src/clients/services-manager.rb:187 +#: src/clients/services.rb:172 src/clients/services.rb:187 #: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:198 -#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:198 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:173 src/clients/services-manager.rb:197 +#: src/clients/services.rb:173 src/clients/services.rb:197 msgid "Inactive" msgstr "" #. The current state differs the the futural state #. The current state differs the the futural state -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Active (will start)" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:205 src/clients/services.rb:205 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:204 src/clients/services.rb:204 msgid "Inactive (will stop)" msgstr "" #. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service #. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service -#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:226 src/clients/services.rb:226 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:225 src/clients/services.rb:225 msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" msgstr "" +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#. Toggles (enable/disable) whether the currently selected service should +#. be enabled or disabled while writing the configuration +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:258 src/clients/services.rb:258 +msgid "" +"This service cannot be enabled/disabled because it has no \"install\" " +"section in the description file" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" @@ -235,16 +245,18 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:121 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Services</b></big><br>\n" -"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from the " -"\n" +"This installation proposal allows you to start and enable a service from " +"the \n" " list of services.</p>\n" -"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is enabled" -"\n" +"<p>It may also open ports in the firewall for a service if firewall is " +"enabled\n" "and a particular service requires opening them.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:145 -msgid "Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched %link" +msgid "" +"Service %service will be %toggled and port in firewall will be %switched " +"%link" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:160 @@ -271,7 +283,7 @@ #. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. #. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. -#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:103 +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:105 msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" msgstr "" @@ -282,11 +294,11 @@ #. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state. #. They might be coming from AutoYast import and thus marked as :modified. -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:415 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:452 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " msgstr "" -#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:434 +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:471 msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:05+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:29+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sound.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/squid.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:55+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-11-03 01:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -82,7 +82,8 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 +#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" "Specify mount points manually in the 'Partitioner' dialog." @@ -511,7 +512,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgid "" +"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." msgstr "" #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -954,7 +956,8 @@ "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap" +"\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" @@ -982,7 +985,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:536 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" -"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" +"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount " +"points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1043,11 +1047,11 @@ #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:792 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte" -"d:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " +"mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the exte" -"nded partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " +"extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1131,7 +1135,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4007 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "" @@ -1151,7 +1155,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3963 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1160,7 +1164,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3971 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1189,7 +1193,8 @@ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n" "to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n" -"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n" +"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is " +"disabled, \n" "this is not possible.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1197,8 +1202,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes" -" sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " +"makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1391,8 +1396,8 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the part" -"ition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " +"partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" @@ -1427,8 +1432,7 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543 -msgid "" -"<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548 @@ -1520,7 +1524,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/" +"tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" @@ -1533,8 +1538,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file sys" -"tem.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " +"system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" @@ -1547,8 +1552,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have a" -"t\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " +"at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1586,8 +1591,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is" -"\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " +"is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1616,8 +1621,7 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:51 -msgid "" -"You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" +msgid "You cannot use the mount point \"%1\" for LVM.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup text @@ -1689,7 +1693,8 @@ #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248 -msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgid "" +"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." msgstr "" #. error popup text @@ -2033,9 +2038,11 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:40 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:36 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:38 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" @@ -2066,8 +2073,9 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell <aschnell@suse.de> -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:43 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:64 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:37 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:44 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:66 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:40 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:36 @@ -2089,7 +2097,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:140 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:205 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dm.rb:153 src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:86 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:86 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:59 msgid "Edit..." msgstr "" @@ -2106,7 +2115,8 @@ #. push button text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-btrfs.rb:145 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:92 src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:56 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:90 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:63 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:112 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:170 msgid "Delete..." @@ -2206,7 +2216,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" -"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" +"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an " +"existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2506,7 +2517,7 @@ #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:70 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:447 msgid "Device Graph" msgstr "" @@ -2531,7 +2542,7 @@ #. a set of notes connected with edges #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-graph.rb:159 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:459 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:453 msgid "Mount Graph" msgstr "" @@ -2666,7 +2677,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5226 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "" @@ -2850,7 +2861,8 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:63 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:65 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:39 msgid "Resize" msgstr "" @@ -2884,7 +2896,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:210 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:380 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:374 msgid "Hard Disks" msgstr "" @@ -2941,7 +2953,8 @@ #. push button text #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd.rb:496 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:213 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:337 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs.rb:110 msgid "Add..." @@ -3131,35 +3144,13 @@ msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>" msgstr "" -#. heading -#. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:43 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:493 -msgid "Log" -msgstr "" - -#. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:47 -msgid "Contents of %1:" -msgstr "" - -#. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:52 -msgid "Update" -msgstr "" - -#. helptext, %1 is replaced by a filename -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-log.rb:58 -msgid "This view shows the content of %1." -msgstr "" - #. TODO #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file" -"\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " +"file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3274,7 +3265,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop.rb:103 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:404 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:398 msgid "Crypt Files" msgstr "" @@ -3424,7 +3415,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " +"higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3470,8 +3462,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before t" -"he feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " +"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" @@ -3479,16 +3471,16 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such" -" a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " +"such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>" -".</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</" +"b>.</p>" msgstr "" #. heading for frame @@ -3543,8 +3535,8 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused" -"\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " +"unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" @@ -3628,7 +3620,7 @@ #. heading #. tree node label #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm.rb:204 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:396 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:390 msgid "Volume Management" msgstr "" @@ -3689,54 +3681,54 @@ #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:388 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:382 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:123 msgid "RAID" msgstr "" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:412 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:406 msgid "Device Mapper" msgstr "" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:420 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:414 msgid "NFS" msgstr "" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:427 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:421 msgid "Btrfs" msgstr "" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:434 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:428 msgid "tmpfs" msgstr "" #. tree node label #. heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:441 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:435 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-unused.rb:87 msgid "Unused Devices" msgstr "" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:470 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:464 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-summary.rb:41 msgid "Installation Summary" msgstr "" #. tree node label #. dialog heading -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:481 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:475 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. popup text, %1 will be replaces with button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:566 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:547 msgid "" "You have changed the partitioning or storage settings. These changes\n" "will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n" @@ -3744,25 +3736,25 @@ msgstr "" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:580 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:561 msgid "<p>Here you can see the partitioning summary.</p>" msgstr "" #. Fullscreen summary of changes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:592 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:573 msgid ": Summary" msgstr "" #. tree node label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:667 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:648 msgid "System View" msgstr "" #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installatio" -"n." +"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " +"installation." msgstr "" #. heading @@ -3792,18 +3784,18 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data" -" recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " +"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The par" -"titions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data " +"on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " +"partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3811,10 +3803,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three d" -"isks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously," -" all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " +"disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " +"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -3829,9 +3821,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), th" -"e size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " +"the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -3893,10 +3886,10 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5" -" is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the" -" array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " +"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " +"the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 @@ -3907,8 +3900,8 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks wit" -"h rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " +"with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" #. helptext @@ -4171,9 +4164,11 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</" +"i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " +"and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4188,8 +4183,9 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditio" -"nal alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " +"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " +"aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4438,8 +4434,8 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cas" -"es\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " +"cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" @@ -4447,10 +4443,12 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class i" -"n\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing " +"the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " +"in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " +"currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -4473,7 +4471,8 @@ msgid "" "<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n" "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" -"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." +"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will " +"follow." msgstr "" #. dialog help text @@ -4488,16 +4487,16 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All device" -"s that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular ex" -"pression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " +"devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " +"expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-" +"part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more th" -"en one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " +"then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -4532,8 +4531,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or G" -"igabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " +"Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -4563,8 +4562,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installat" -"ion\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " +"installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -4603,10 +4602,10 @@ "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></t" -"t>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is m" -"ounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></" +"tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " +"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text @@ -4635,10 +4634,10 @@ "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impac" -"t.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</" -"p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " +"impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact." +"</p>\n" msgstr "" #. button text @@ -4672,16 +4671,16 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647 msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try a" -"gain." +"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " +"again." msgstr "" #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc" -"/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /" +"etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4706,8 +4705,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file syste" -"ms.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " +"systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4719,8 +4718,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default i" -"s 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " +"is 2.</p>" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4732,9 +4731,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto" -" is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the " -"file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " +"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable " +"for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4763,8 +4762,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names " +"in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4776,9 +4775,10 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backward" -"s compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but ca" -"n only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " +"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " +"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " +"2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4791,9 +4791,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 20" -"48 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4" -"096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " +"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " +"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4819,8 +4819,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of spa" -"ce in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " +"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4832,7 +4832,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " +"or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4854,8 +4855,8 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the " +"aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4888,9 +4889,9 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, a" -"nd 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by " -"the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " +"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " +"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. label text @@ -4907,7 +4908,8 @@ "bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n" "value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n" "too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n" -"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n" +"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a " +"reasonable\n" "value for this parameter.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -4927,10 +4929,10 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033 msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of bl" -"ocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 G" -"ig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved defau" -"lt is 0.1.</p>" +"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " +"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " +"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " +"default is 0.1.</p>" msgstr "" #. checkbox text @@ -4966,15 +4968,14 @@ #: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really" -"\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " +"really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK #: src/modules/Partitions.rb:937 -msgid "" -"Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" +msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n" msgstr "" #. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda @@ -5041,7 +5042,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:994 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "" @@ -5054,7 +5055,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2697 src/modules/Storage.rb:3920 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -5063,7 +5064,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -5071,7 +5072,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3982 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -5080,24 +5081,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4036 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4095 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4114 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4129 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -5105,12 +5106,12 @@ "during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4145 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -5118,97 +5119,98 @@ msgstr "" #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4208 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4211 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "" #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4224 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4227 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4240 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4264 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4356 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4362 msgid "Disk" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4390 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4403 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "" #. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does #. not provide anything #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4899 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159 msgid "Continue despite the error?" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5263 -msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5238 +msgid "" +"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5289 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5264 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5303 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5332 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5307 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" "that is needed to run the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5341 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" "data needed to perform the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5345 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5216,7 +5218,7 @@ "the installation.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5381 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5356 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -5224,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr "" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5378 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -5232,18 +5234,18 @@ msgstr "" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5467 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5493 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5468 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6043 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6018 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "" @@ -5468,7 +5470,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346 msgid "" "<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n" -"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n" +"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) " +"by\n" "file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5477,7 +5480,8 @@ msgid "" "A question mark (?) indicates that\n" "the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n" -"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n" +"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this " +"volume\n" "YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n" msgstr "" @@ -5492,8 +5496,8 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it" -"\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " +"it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" @@ -5830,8 +5834,8 @@ #. penalty for not having separate /home #: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4601 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5724 msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system un" -"der Windows." +"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " +"under Windows." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sudo.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/support.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:27+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tune.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-02-01 02:30+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-02-01 02:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, " -"use '%1' instead." +"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line " +"interface, use '%1' instead." msgstr "" #. translators: popup heading @@ -57,8 +57,8 @@ #: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and " -"enter the filename.</P>" +"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> " +"and enter the filename.</P>" msgstr "" #. installation proposal header @@ -85,8 +85,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are dis" -"played here.</P>" +"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " +"displayed here.</P>" msgstr "" #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") @@ -139,15 +139,15 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components det" -"ected in your system.</P>" +"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " +"detected in your system.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more" -" detailed description of the component.</P>" +"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " +"more detailed description of the component.</P>" msgstr "" #. help text - part 3/3 @@ -286,37 +286,37 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal da" -"tabase of known supported devices.</P>" +"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " +"database of known supported devices.</P>" msgstr "" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS D" -"ir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is " -"empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " +"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " +"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" msgstr "" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and " -"enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty " +"and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" msgstr "" #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1<" -"/b> to activate the settings.</P>" +"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>" +"%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" msgstr "" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know " -"what you are doing.</P>" +"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you " +"know what you are doing.</P>" msgstr "" #. tree node string @@ -1069,10 +1069,12 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')" -"\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " +"the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " +"'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/" +"block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -1085,13 +1087,14 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if i" -"t\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combinati" -"on\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " +"it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " +"combination\n" "Alt-SysRq-<command_key> will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" -"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" +"<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</" +"p>\n" msgstr "" #. Short sleep between reads or writes @@ -1157,6 +1160,11 @@ "Please wait...</p>" msgstr "" +#. PushButton label +#: src/lib/tune/widgets.rb:34 +msgid "System Information" +msgstr "" + #. group by CPU names, strip possible white space (see bnc#803000) #: src/modules/InitHWinfo.rb:56 msgid "Unknown processor" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-10 18:13+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-10 18:13+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-31 02:31+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -242,39 +242,39 @@ msgstr "" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:119 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:123 msgid "Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:127 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:131 msgid "New Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "" #. proposal for packages during update, %1 is count of packages -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:135 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:139 msgid "Packages to Remove: %1" msgstr "" #. part of summary, %1 is size of packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:143 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:147 msgid "Total Size of Packages to Update: %1" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: warning text, keep the HTML tags (<a href...>) untouched -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:154 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:168 msgid "" "Cannot solve all conflicts. <a href=\"%s\">Manual intervention is required.</" "a>" msgstr "" #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:209 msgid "Packages" msgstr "" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:200 +#: src/clients/packages_proposal.rb:211 msgid "&Packages" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/users.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-08 02:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-08 02:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -681,13 +681,12 @@ #. error popup #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup -#. report misspellings of the password #. The two group password information do not match #. error popup +#. report misspellings of the password #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:473 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:102 msgid "" "The passwords do not match.\n" "Try again." @@ -948,8 +947,7 @@ #. last part of message popup #. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/lib/users/widgets.rb:127 msgid "Really use this password?" msgstr "" @@ -1942,7 +1940,8 @@ #. the type of user set #. New user is the default option -#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 +#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:279 msgid "Local Users" msgstr "" @@ -2831,82 +2830,11 @@ msgid "Password Encryption Type" msgstr "" -#. advise users to remember their new password -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70 -msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get password for user root -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76 -msgid "&Password for root User" -msgstr "" - -#. Label: get same password again for verification -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84 -msgid "Con&firm Password" -msgstr "" - -#. text entry label -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89 -msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout" -msgstr "" - -#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" -"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" -"every system and is called into action whenever\n" -"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" -"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 2 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" -"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" -"reenter it in a second field.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 3 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" -"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" -"</p>\n" -msgstr "" - -#. help text, continued 4 -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131 -msgid "" -"<p>\n" -"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" -"</p>" -msgstr "" - #. Title for root-password dialogue -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148 +#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:58 msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\"" msgstr "" -#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# -#. error popup -#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 -msgid "" -"No password entered.\n" -"Try again." -msgstr "" - #. reenable suggestion #: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138 msgid "" @@ -3125,6 +3053,72 @@ msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>" msgstr "" +#. Label: get password for user root +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:59 +msgid "&Password for root User" +msgstr "" + +#. Label: get same password again for verification +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:65 +msgid "Con&firm Password" +msgstr "" + +#. advise users to remember their new password +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:77 +msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." +msgstr "" + +#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# +#. error popup +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:108 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623 +msgid "" +"No password entered.\n" +"Try again." +msgstr "" + +#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:143 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n" +"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n" +"every system and is called into action whenever\n" +"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n" +"when you need to be the system administrator.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 2 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:154 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " +"numbers\n" +"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" +"reenter it in a second field.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 3 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:164 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" +"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " +"umlauts.\n" +"</p>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. help text, continued 4 +#: src/lib/users/widgets.rb:175 +msgid "" +"<p>\n" +"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n" +"</p>" +msgstr "" + #. User name for user: "root" #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44 msgid "root" @@ -3566,7 +3560,7 @@ #. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab), #. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home), -#: src/modules/Users.pm:722 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:725 msgid "" "In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n" "%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n" @@ -3578,202 +3572,202 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:970 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:973 msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1548 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551 msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1558 msgid "Read the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1560 msgid "Read the default system settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1562 msgid "Read the configuration type" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1561 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1564 msgid "Read the user custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566 msgid "Read users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1568 msgid "Build the cache structures" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1572 msgid "Reading the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1574 msgid "Reading the default system settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1576 msgid "Reading the configuration type..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1578 msgid "Reading custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1580 msgid "Reading users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1582 msgid "Building the cache structures..." msgstr "" #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581 src/modules/Users.pm:4296 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:1584 src/modules/Users.pm:4309 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2137 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2140 msgid "User does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:2389 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:2392 msgid "Group does not exist." msgstr "" #. progress caption -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4258 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280 msgid "Write LDAP users and groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 msgid "Write groups" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 msgid "Check for deleted users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 msgid "Write users" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4275 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 msgid "Write passwords" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4277 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 msgid "Write the custom settings" msgstr "" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4279 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 msgid "Write the default login settings" msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295 msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297 msgid "Writing groups..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4299 msgid "Checking deleted users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4301 msgid "Writing users..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4290 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4303 msgid "Writing passwords..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4292 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4305 msgid "Writing the custom settings..." msgstr "" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4294 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4307 msgid "Writing the default login settings..." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4379 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4392 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4415 src/modules/Users.pm:4450 -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4726 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4463 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744 msgid "An error occurred while removing users." msgstr "" #. error popup (%s is a file name) -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4428 src/modules/Users.pm:4576 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4441 src/modules/Users.pm:4594 #, perl-format msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4565 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583 msgid "" "\n" "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4767 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4843 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 msgid "No UID is available for this type of user." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3781,14 +3775,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4905 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923 msgid "" "The user ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4918 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3797,7 +3791,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4933 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3806,7 +3800,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4947 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected user ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3814,14 +3808,14 @@ "Really change the user type to 'system'?" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4981 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999 msgid "" "\n" "The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...") -#: src/modules/Users.pm:4985 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "username and an existing username. %1\n" @@ -3829,14 +3823,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5015 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n" "contain a colon (:). Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5022 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040 msgid "" "The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n" "of up to three sections separated by commas.\n" @@ -3844,7 +3838,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5085 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103 msgid "" "The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n" "a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n" @@ -3852,7 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5108 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126 #, perl-format msgid "" "The directory %s is not writable.\n" @@ -3860,14 +3854,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5119 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137 msgid "" "The home directory is used by another user.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5161 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 msgid "" "The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n" "but it is not a directory.\n" @@ -3875,7 +3869,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5172 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190 msgid "" "The home directory selected already exists.\n" "Use it and change its owner?" @@ -3883,7 +3877,7 @@ #. chown is not needed (#25200) #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected home directory (%s)\n" @@ -3892,7 +3886,7 @@ msgstr "" #. yes/no popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5188 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206 #, perl-format msgid "" "The home directory selected (%s)\n" @@ -3902,19 +3896,19 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5216 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234 msgid "" "If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n" "Use this shell?" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5236 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254 msgid "No GID is available for this type of group." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5269 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not allowed.\n" @@ -3922,14 +3916,14 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5299 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317 msgid "" "The group ID entered is already in use.\n" "Really use it?" msgstr "" #. popup question, %i are numbers -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5311 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is not from a range\n" @@ -3938,7 +3932,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5326 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a local ID,\n" @@ -3947,7 +3941,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup question -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5340 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358 #, perl-format msgid "" "The selected group ID is a system ID,\n" @@ -3956,14 +3950,14 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5359 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377 msgid "" "No group name entered.\n" "Try again." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5376 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394 #, perl-format msgid "" "The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n" @@ -3971,7 +3965,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5389 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407 msgid "" "The group name may contain only\n" "letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n" @@ -3980,20 +3974,20 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5397 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415 msgid "" "There is a conflict between the entered\n" "group name and an existing group name.\n" "Try another one." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5513 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531 #, perl-format msgid "User %s does not exist." msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5567 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users that use this group\n" @@ -4001,7 +3995,7 @@ msgstr "" #. error message: group cannot be deleted -#: src/modules/Users.pm:5574 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592 msgid "" "You cannot delete this group because\n" "there are users in the group.\n" @@ -4009,22 +4003,22 @@ msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6587 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6597 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6627 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6608 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6638 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6610 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6640 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:06+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-01 02:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ msgstr "" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:160 msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your a" -"rchitecture is " +"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " +"architecture is " msgstr "" #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:179 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -44,167 +44,168 @@ #. progress stage 1/2 #. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:285 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:198 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:216 msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Ser" -"ver (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " +"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:220 msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot lo" -"ader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to" -" the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " +"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is " +"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:224 msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot " -"Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to " +"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" msgstr "" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:228 msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Serve" -"r from the boot loader menu.</p>" +"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " +"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:239 msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:240 msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:241 +msgid "" +"A disabled checkbox means the Hypervisor item has already been installed" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:256 msgid "KVM server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:257 msgid "KVM tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:262 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:264 msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:292 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:294 msgid "Virtualization client tools" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:312 msgid "Xen server" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:313 msgid "Xen tools" msgstr "" #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387 -msgid "" -"Package installation failed\n" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:418 +msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395 -msgid "" -"Package installation failed for lxc\n" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426 +msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402 -msgid "" -"Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:433 +msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412 -msgid "" -"Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:443 +msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:456 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "" #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:469 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "" #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:472 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "" #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "" #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:494 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "" #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:508 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "" #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:529 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:530 msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridg" -"e is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " +"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" msgstr "" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV @@ -216,30 +217,30 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:599 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:602 msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel " -"in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native " +"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:605 msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in th" -"e boot loader menu." +"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " +"the boot loader menu." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:608 msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:609 msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579 +#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:610 msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-04 14:56+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-10-20 00:30+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-10-20 00:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" @@ -208,182 +208,181 @@ msgstr "" #. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:62 msgid "VPN Gateway and Client" msgstr "" #. Left side: global config & connection management -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 msgid "Global Configuration" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 msgid "Enable VPN daemon" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:72 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:75 msgid "All VPNs" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:78 msgid "New VPN" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 msgid "Delete VPN" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:81 msgid "View Connection Status" msgstr "" #. Event handlers #. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:105 msgid "" -"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible t" -"hat the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) disco" -"very due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" -"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth " -"will be reduced by about 10%." +"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible " +"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) " +"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n" +"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available " +"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%." msgstr "" #. Delete the chosen VPN connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:126 msgid "Delete connection" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:127 msgid "Are you sure to delete connection " msgstr "" #. Check for incomplete configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144 -msgid "" -"Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n" msgstr "" #. Consider enabling the daemon -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:153 msgid "" "There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n" "Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?" msgstr "" #. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 msgid "Settings have been successfully applied." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:176 msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:179 msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?" msgstr "" #. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:292 msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials." msgstr "" #. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Name" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:368 msgid "Description" msgstr "" #. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection. -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:383 msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client." msgstr "" #. Make widgets for connection configuration -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:394 msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396 msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 msgid "Connection name: " msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 msgid "Type" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:405 msgid "Gateway (Server)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406 msgid "Client" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 msgid "The scenario is" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416 msgid "Secure communication with a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:418 msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 msgid "Edit Credentials" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423 msgid "Provide VPN clients access to" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424 msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 msgid "The gateway requires authentication" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 msgid "By a pre-shared key" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431 msgid "By a certificate" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:433 msgid "VPN gateway IP" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434 +#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:437 msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access" msgstr "" @@ -439,6 +438,14 @@ msgstr "" #. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections. +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:47 +msgid "VPN daemon status" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "All connection status" +msgstr "" + #: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49 msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds." msgstr "" @@ -468,62 +475,62 @@ msgstr "" #. Install packages -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:162 msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages." msgstr "" #. Enable/disable daemon -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:175 msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon." msgstr "" #. Configure IP forwarding -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:205 msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:" msgstr "" #. Configure/deconfigure firewall -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:218 msgid "" "SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n" "In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:222 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:227 msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:233 msgid "" "Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n" -"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuratio" -"n script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" +"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the " +"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n" "The script is located at %s" msgstr "" #. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration. -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:270 msgid "VPN Global Settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:271 msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:272 msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:273 msgid "Gateway and Connections" msgstr "" #. Gateway summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279 msgid "A gateway serving clients in " msgstr "" #. Client summary -#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295 +#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283 msgid "A client connecting to " msgstr "" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/wol.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/wol.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/wol.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n" Modified: branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot =================================================================== --- branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2017-03-30 15:18:09 UTC (rev 97264) +++ branches/SLE12-SP3/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2017-03-30 15:53:48 UTC (rev 97265) @@ -8,8 +8,8 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-09-09 15:04+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-08-30 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" "Language: \n"